Command Reference. BIM 6.6 BIM-Dr.D

PDF

Έγγραφο

Διαφήμιση

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Command Reference

Overview of Commands

Save Commands

Command

SAVE=ALL

SAVE=CURRENT

SAVE=DATA

SAVE=IPL

SAVE=LIBRARY

SAVE=LOGICAL

(Volume)

SAVE=LOGICAL

(VSAM)

SAVE=NOPERATION

SAVE=PHYSICAL

SAVE=SDISK

SAVE=VSAM

Usage

Save all tracks/blocks (including vol1, IPL bootstrap and VTOC) on a disk. Save files may be used only by RESTORE=ALL and standalone operations.

Save only used tracks/blocks (including vol1, IPL bootstrap and VTOC) on a disk. Save files may be used only by RESTORE=CURRENT and standalone operations.

Save individual non-VSAM file using PIOCS. Save files may be used by RESTORE=DATA and

RESTORE=SDISK operations. May also be used to create User Data Files.

Save only IPL bootstrap. This file is used to initiate standalone operations.

Save VSE libraries, sublibraries and/or individual members. Save files may be used only by

RESTORE=LIBRARY operations.

Save one or more data files on one or more disks.

Save files may be used by RESTORE=LOGICAL –

Volume, RESTORE=DATA and RESTORE=SDISK operations.

Save one or more VSAM clusters in a VSAM catalog. Save files may be used by

RESTORE=LOGICAL – VSAM and

RESTORE=VSAM operations.

Used to perform “immediate “ operations and to establish globals.

Save tracks/blocks on a disk by specification of absolute track/block addresses. Save files may be used only by RESTORE=PHYSICAL and standalone operations.

Save individual non-VSAM file using LIOCS. Save files may be used by RESTORE=DATA and

RESTORE=SDISK operations. May also be used to create User Data Files.

Save individual VSAM clusters. Save files may be used by RESTORE=VSAM. May also be used to create User Data Files.

Overview of Commands Page 73

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Restore Commands

Command Usage

RESTORE=ALL

RESTORE=CURRENT

RESTORE=DATA

Restore all tracks/blocks (including vol1, IPL bootstrap and VTOC) on a disk. May also be executed standalone. Uses as input only save files created by SAVE=ALL operations.

Restore only used tracks/blocks (including vol1,

IPL bootstrap and VTOC) on a disk. May also be executed standalone. Uses as input only save files created by SAVE=CURRENT operations.

Restore individual non-VSAM file using PIOCS.

Uses as input save files created by:

•

SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume

•

SAVE=DATA

•

SAVE=SDISK

•

User Data File

•

Other Backup Product Tape

Physically erase a portion of a disk.

RESTORE=ERASE

RESTORE=EXPIRATION Change expiration date for files in VTOC, modify

VSAM data space VTOC entries from DA back to

RESTORE=LIBRARY

VSAM specification and delete files in VTOC.

Restore, create or extend a VSE library. Will restore entire VSE library or selected sublibraries and/or members. Uses as input only save files

RESTORE=LOGICAL

(Volume)

RESTORE=LOGICAL

(VSAM) created by SAVE=LIBRARY operations.

Restore one or more data files on one or more disks. Uses as input only save files created by

SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume operations.

Restore one or more VSAM clusters in a VSAM catalog. Uses as Input only save files created by

SAVE=LOGICAL – VSAM operations.

RESTORE=NOPERATION Used to perform “immediate “ operations and to establish globals.

RESTORE=PHYSICAL Restore tracks/blocks on a disk by specification of absolute track/block addresses. May also be executed standalone. Uses as input only save files

RESTORE=PUT

RESTORE=SDISK created by SAVE=PHYSICAL operations.

Updates VTOC with new Format-1 label without opening a file.

Restore individual non-VSAM file using LIOCS.

Uses as input save files created by:

•

SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume

•

SAVE=DATA (SD files only)

•

SAVE=SDISK

•

User Data File

•

Other Backup Product Tape

RESTORE=VSAM Restore individual VSAM clusters. Uses as input save files created by:

Page 74 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Command Usage

•

SAVE=LOGICAL – VSAM

•

SAVE=VSAM

•

User Data File

•

Other Backup Product Tape

Copy Commands

Command

COPY=ALL

COPY=CURRENT

COPY=DATA

COPY=LIBRARY

COPY=NOPERATION

COPY=PHYSICAL

COPY=SDISK

COPY=VSAM

Usage

Copy all tracks/blocks (including vol1, IPL bootstrap and VTOC) on a disk to another disk.

Copy only used tracks/blocks (including vol1, IPL bootstrap and VTOC) on a disk to another disk.

Copy individual non-VSAM file using PIOCS to another disk.

Copy VSE libraries, sublibraries and/or individual members to another VSE library.

Used to perform “immediate “ operations and to establish globals.

Copy tracks/blocks on a disk by specification of absolute track/block addresses to another disk or different area on the same disk.

Copy individual non-VSAM file using LIOCS to another disk.

Copy individual VSAM clusters to another VSAM catalog.

Overview of Commands Page 75

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Function Commands

Command Usage

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX

FUNCTION=CTAPE

FUNCTION=DELETE

FUNCTION=DFIX

High speed operation for building VSAM alternate indices.

Tape to tape copy.

Delete one or more VSAM clusters, VSAM data spaces and non-VSAM files.

Makes files permanent by changing expiration date in VTOC to 2099/366

List contents of a VSAM catalog.

FUNCTION=LCAT

FUNCTION=LDIR

FUNCTION=LTAPE

FUNCTION=LVTOC

FUNCTION=MC

FUNCTION=PUNCH

FUNCTION=SORT

List contents of a VSE library.

List contents of a Dr.D save file.

List contents of a VTOC.

Create VM minidisks under VSE.

Punch IDCAMS DELETE/DEFINE statements for one or more VSAM clusters and punch Job

Control DLBL/EXTENT statements for entries in a VTOC.

Extract data portion from a saved tape and optionally sort it.

FUNCTION=TAPETEST

FUNCTION=VERIFY

Test tape and produce a tape error map.

Invoke IDCAMS VERIFY function for one or more

VSAM clusters in a VSAM catalog.

FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE Move or resize an existing VTOC.

Page 76 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

COPY|RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION

The COPY|RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION command is used to communicate with Dr.D without performing a real copy, save or restore process.

It may be used before and/or after the actual process command. On it, global operands and other operands requiring immediate processing may be specified.

Values set by global operands remain in effect for the duration of the Dr.D

execution or until changed by a subsequent specification of the same operand with a different value. Refer to the Global? Column associated with each individual command to determine the available global options that may be specified. As many COPY| RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION statements may be used as needed. The operands listed here are the non-global operands that will be processed immediately upon submission.

COPY|RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION Operand Summary

Operand Required?

Global?

COPY|RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION Yes No

CARDCOUNT=nn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TAPE=F1|F2|F3|F4|F5|F6

Yes

COpy|REstore|SAve=NOperation

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: CO|RE|SA=NO

CArdcount=nn

Specify a 2-digit decimal number (leading zero) representing a count of Saves,

Copies, and Restores commands. While this operand, if specified, does not have to appear on the first control card, it can't appear more than once. It represents a count of control cards including the one it appears on until the last one that should be in the job stream. This count excludes continuation cards, '$$$$$$' cards, the ‘/@’ card and the '/*' card. If the specified count is either exceeded or not fulfilled, the operator is informed.

Abbreviation: CA=nn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

COPY|RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION Page 77

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, or Restore function, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used on a NOPERATION command to force immediate tape positioning.

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw Immediately rewind the tape.

RUn Immediately unload the tape.

This operand may be specified twice on a statement during restore operations; once for tape positioning and once to specify the Product Identifier when using a backup tape created by anther product..

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TApe=F1|F2|F3|F4|F5|F6

This operand indicates the use of another software product’s backup tape as input to a RESTORE=DATA, RESTORE=SDISK or RESTORE=VSAM command.

The values for each tape are:

Disk Utility System

Westinghouse Disk Utility System Product (DUSP)

Product Identifier

Westinghouse Disk Utility (DUS)

Computer Associates DYNUTIL

Disk Utility System Product (DUSP 2.0.1) /MAXBACK

Computer Associates Faver VSAM Utility

Computer Associates Faver2 Disk Utility

Abbreviation: TA=F1|F2|F3|F4|F5|F6

Page 78 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Position Tape and Issue Operator Message

Rewind tape before the restore and then unload it after the restore. When tape is unloaded, tell operator where to put the tape.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RE=NO,TA=REW

RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,AUTO=YES,FD=D

RE=NO,TA=RUN,OP=’PLEASE TAKE TAPE TO LIBRARY’

COPY|RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION Page 79

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

COPY=ALL

The COPY=ALL command is designed to copy every track/block on a disk to another disk. A disk may be copied to a disk whose size and location of VTOC differs from the input disk. However, at the conclusion of the COPY the output disk's volume label, size and location of the VTOC will be identical to the input disk. Use the VOLOUT operand to set the volume serial number of the output disk to a value different from the volume serial number of the input disk.

The input disk is determined by the volume assignment associated with the

SSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the

SVOLID operand. If neither SVOLID nor SSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default SSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the copy. The default SSYSNO as supplied is SYS001 but may be changed by the installation

administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional

information). Use of SVOLID is recommended allowing Dr.D to automatically make the assignment

The output disk is determined by the volume assignment associated with the

RSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the

RVOLID operand. If neither RVOLID nor RSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default RSYSNO assigned to it is used as output of the copy. The default RSYSNO as supplied is SYS002 but may be changed by the installation

administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional

information). Use of RVOLID is recommended allowing Dr.D to automatically make the assignment.

For additional protection, it is recommended that UPSI bit 0 be set to 0. This allows you to insure the correct disk volume is being copied. If UPSI bit 0 is set to

1, the copy operation will occur without operator intervention. Additionally, the

HV operand may be used to insure no other applications update the VTOC until after the copy is complete.

The SHALT operand can be used to set the upper/ending disk address to be copied. AREA=SELECT may be used to define the track/blocks on the input disk that are to be copied. AREA=REJECT may be used to copy the volume with the exception of specific track/block addresses. The AREA operand should only be used when copying non-VSE initialized disk (e.g. VM minidisk). Without

SHALT or AREA, the entire volume will be copied. When not copying an entire disk, caution must be exercised because the VTOC extent from the input disk is also copied. If there are additional files which resided outside the area restricted for copy, those files will still be reflected in the VTOC. The Dr.D

FUNCTION=DELETE command (refer to page 176) may be use to remove any

unwanted VTOC entries.

Page 80 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

COPY=ALL Operand Summary

Operand

COPY=ALL

AREA=SELECT|REJECT

CK=YES|NO

GR=nnn

HV=NO|YES|HOLD

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

RSYSNO=SYSnnn

RVOLID=xxxxxx

SEQNO=nn

SHALT=ccchh|block

SSYSNO=SYSnnn

SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

UPSI=012345678

VM=NO|YES

VOLOUT=xxxxxx

Note 1

Note 2

Required?

Yes

Note 1: Either RSYSNO (or defaulted to) or RVOLID is required. It is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used at all times in place of

RSYSNO.

Note 2: Either SSYSNO (or defaulted to) or SVOLID is required. It is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used at all times in place of SSYSNO.

COpy=ALL

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: CO=AL

ARea=SElect|REject

Indicates that one or more area selector statements immediately follow this statement. It allows volume copy operations to be selective down to the cylinder/head or FBA block level. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the last of the continued control statements.

Yes

Global?

Yes

COPY=ALL Page 81

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

One or more selector statements must follow to identify the tracks/blocks to be selected (AREA=SELECT) or rejected (AREA=REJECT).

Each area selector consists of a start and end address pair. The start address is separated from the end address by a hyphen (-). For ECKD and CKD addresses, specify the addresses in cylinder and head (ccchh) format. For FBA devices, specify the block number. If an R follows the start and end address pair, it indicates the process is reversed for that statement only.

As an example on a 3390, the following area selector statements will select from cylinder 1, head 0 up to cylinder 12, head 0 and reject cylinder 4, head 0 when used with AREA=SELECT. When used with AREA=REJECT, it will reject all data from cylinder 1, head 0 up to cylinder 12, head 0 but will select cylinder 4, head

100-1200

400-400R

You may also specify ‘TO=ccchh’ on an AREA selector statement. This allows the selected area to be copied to a new cylinder and head location. If the 'cccchh' is preceded by the letter 'K', the cylinder number of the input (source) area is retained. This optional operand must be separated from the start and end address pair by at least 1 space.

An additional statement is required to terminate area selector statements. As

with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement

may be used. For clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the /@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the /* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.

Abbreviation: AR=SE|RE

CK=YEs|NO

Use this operand to check for CKD and ECKD disk count area errors during copy of volumes (such as VM minidisk) where the count area may not reflect the true location of the physical blocks. CK=YES, the default, will check for errors and, if any are found, will issue the DOCTOR076 error message. Using CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.

Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO

GR=nnn

This operand is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failures will not occur when non-Dr.D software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files. The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes (K) (e.g. GR=100 reserves 104,000 bytes of storage). This memory is released before any Dr.D initiated OPEN, CLOSE, Tape EOV, or end of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Page 82 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

HV=NO|YEs|HOld

This operand is used during volume copy to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. HV=NO is default.

HV=YES should be used on the first disk copy within an execution of Dr.D and then HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.

Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RP=YEs|NO

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

COPY=ALL Page 83

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RSysno=SYSnnn

Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the output (target) disk during a copy operation. RSYSNO=SYS002 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the copy operation, it is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used in place of

RSYSNO.

Either RSYSNO or RVOLID is required on the copy control statement.

Abbreviation: RS=SYSnnn

RVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the current volser of the output (target) volume during a copy operation.

Either RSYSNO or RVOLID is required on the copy control statement.

Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx

SEqno=nn

Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this copy among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SHalt=ccchh|block

Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block on the source device during a copy operation. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8digit block number.

Abbreviation: SH=ccchh|block

SSysno=SYSnnn

Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the input (source) disk during a copy operation. SSYSNO=SYS001 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the copy operation, it is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used in place of

SSYSNO.

Either SSYSNO or SVOLID is required on the copy control statement.

Page 84 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: SS=SYSnnn

SVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the volser of the input (source) volume during a copy operation.

Either SSYSNO or SVOLID is required on the copy control statement.

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

VM=NO|YEs

Use this operand to copy non-VSE volumes (i.e. VM minidisk) on CKD and

ECKD devices. Specifying YES bypasses disk count area errors caused by the count area not reflecting the true location of the physical blocks.

Abbreviation: VM=NO|YES

VOlout=xxxxxx

VOLOUT is used to set the volume serial number of the output (target) disk being restored. The default, if this operand is omitted, is to change the output volume serial number to be the same as the volume serial number as the input disk volser.

Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx

COPY=ALL Page 85

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Copy all tracks/blocks on disk

This job stream copies all tracks/blocks on the volume CKDP12 to CKDP17.

Following the restore, the disk volser will be CKDP17.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=NO,UPSI=011,PRINT=LIST

COPY=ALL,SV=CKDP12,RV=CKDP17,VO=CKDP17

Example: Selective copy of all tracks/blocks

This example copies only the first 100 cylinders on a 3380 to another pack. The output pack is setup to retain its original volser.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=NO,UPSI=011,PRINT=LIST

COPY=ALL,SV=CKDP12,RV=CKDP17,VO=CKDP17,SHALT=9914

Page 86 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

COPY=CURRENT

The COPY=CURRENT command is designed to copy the IPL track/block, VTOC extent and data files identified in the VTOC onto another disk. A disk may be copied to another disk whose size and location of VTOC differs from the input disk. However, at the conclusion of the COPY the output disk's volume label, size and location of the VTOC will be identical to the input disk. Use the

VOLOUT operand to set the volume serial number of the output disk to a value different from the volume serial number of the input disk.

The input disk is determined by the volume assignment associated with the

SSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the

SVOLID operand. If neither SVOLSID nor SSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default SSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the copy. The default SSYSNO as supplied is SYS001 but may be changed by the installation

administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional

information). Use of SVOLID is recommended. When using SVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment

The output disk is determined by the volume assignment associated with the

RSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the

RVOLID operand. If neither RVOLSID nor RSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default RSYSNO assigned to it is used as output of the copy. The default RSYSNO as supplied is SYS002 but may be changed by the installation

administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional

information). Use of RVOLID is recommended. When using RVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment.

For additional protection, it is recommended that UPSI bit 0 be set to 0. This allows you to insure the correct disk volume is being copied. If UPSI bit 0 is set to

1, the copy operation will occur without operator intervention. Additionally, the

HV operand may be used to insure no other applications update the VTOC until after the copy is complete.

Files may be selected based upon the expiration date using the EXPIRED operand. Without EXPIRED, the entire volume will be copied. When not copying an entire disk, caution must be exercised because the VTOC extent from the input disk is also copied. If there are additional files which reside outside the area restricted for copy, those files will still be reflected in the VTOC. The Dr.D

FUNCTION=DELETE command (refer to page 176) may be used to remove any

unwanted VTOC entries.

COPY=CURRENT Page 87

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

COPY=CURRENT

CK=YES|NO

EOF=YES

COPY=CURRENT Operand Summary

Operand Required?

Yes

EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]

GR=nnn

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

RSYSNO=SYSnnn

RVOLID=xxxxxx

SEQNO=nn

SSYSNO=SYSnnn

SVOLID=xxxxxx

UPSI=012345678

VOLOUT=xxxxxx

Note 1

Note 2

Note 1: Either RSYSNO (or defaulted to) or RVOLID is required. It is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used at all times in place of

RSYSNO.

Note 2: Either SSYSNO (or defaulted to) or SVOLID is required. It is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used at all times in place of SSYSNO.

COpy=CUrrent

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: CO=CU

CK=YEs|NO

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 88 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO

EOf=YEs

Use this operand on CKD and ECKD devices to cause Dr.D to continue copying only until an EOF is detected. If this operand is omitted, the entire extent of each file, as denoted in the VTOC, will be copied.

Abbreviation: EO=YE

EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]

This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.

Value

Action

Select all files regardless of expiration date.

Select only unexpired files (default).

O+n

O-n

yyddd

Select only expired files.

Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

yyddd+n yyddd-n

Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy).

Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

COPY=CURRENT Page 89

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

RSysno=SYSnnn

RSYSNO.

Abbreviation: RS=SYSnnn

RVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the current volser of the output (target) volume during a copy operation.

Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx

SEqno=nn

Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this copy among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job

Page 90 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SSysno=SYSnnn

SSYSNO.

Abbreviation: SS=SYSnnn

SVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the volser of the input (source) volume during a copy operation.

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

VOlout=xxxxxx

Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx

COPY=CURRENT Page 91

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Copy active tracks/blocks on disk

This job stream copies only active tracks/blocks on the volume CKDP12 to

CKDP17. Following the restore, the disk volser will be CKDP17.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=NO,UPSI=011,PRINT=LIST

COPY=CURRENT,SV=CKDP12,RV=CKDP17,VO=CKDP17

Page 92 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

COPY=DATA

COPY=DATA is designed to perform a disk to disk copy of a single non-VSAM file. It supports direct access (DA) files, sequential disk (SD) files and ISAM files.

It uses PIOCS to read and write the data. A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify both the input and output files. The SFILENAME operand identifies the input DLBL filename and RFILENAME identifies the output DLBL filename. Both operands are required and cannot reference the same filename.

Only one file may be copied per control statement.

Dr.D will interrogate the RFILENAME DLBL to ascertain whether the output file is SD, DA or ISAM. For ECKD and CKD disk, an SD file may be copied as a DA and vice-versa. The output file’s extents are completely independent of the input file’s; they may differ in size, placement and device type.

Usually all sequential files and some direct access files have an EOF record after the last data record of the last prime data extent. If this is so, specifying EOF=YES will cause Dr.D to stop copying after reading an EOF record. When copying sequential disk files between device types, EOF=YES is needed because the format of the end-of-file marker may be different. Specification of EOF=YES will insure proper placement and format of the EOF.

For SD files, a logical record count may be obtained through use of the LR=

(Logical Record Length) operand and specification of UPSI bit 2 (UPSI XX1) specified via Job Control, UPSI operand or default UPSI value. For variable blocked files, only the UPSI is required.

Using The RMODE Operand

The RMODE (Restore Mode) is an internal switch in Dr.D that is set and used when writing the output file. Set RMODE to either an 'I' for image or 'S' for squeeze.

When set to 'I', Dr.D writes the output file as a mirror image of the input file.

Partially used tracks, unused tracks, records out of sequence on a track, all appear copied in the same format.

When RMODE is set to 'S', the full track capacity of the output disk is employed.

If there are any partial or unused tracks in the input extent, that unused area is dropped and ignored. As many data records as can be accommodated are written on each track. Also, any records that are out of sequence on a input track are written in the physical order they appear on the input track. However, all records written on a track are sequentially numbered.

When copying a DA data file, RMODE is set to 'I' to accommodate the majority of applications using DA files. Thus, if relative track addressing is used, the DA file may be relocated and still accessed.

When copying an SD file, RMODE is set to 'S' if it is copied to a new disk type.

COPY=DATA Page 93

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Specifying RMODE=I or RMODE=S will override the default as described above.

The only reason for specifying this override is in conversion of direct access from one disk type to another.

Using The SYNC Operand

Dr.D processes multi-extent data files as normally expected under VSE. The size and number of extents of the input file and output file are independent of each other. Upon copying, Dr.D will fill each extent in order, switching to the next extent as the current one becomes full (the input and output extents are treated asynchronously).

However, sometimes you might want to switch output extents before each fills up. Using the SYNC=YES operand will cause the input and output files' extents to become 'SYNCHRONIZED'.

As an example, if there were 100 and 200 records respectively in the first and second extents of a input file, then there will be exactly 100 and 200 records, respectively, in the first and second extents of the output file (even though they might be able to hold more). Whenever SYNC=YES is specified, the output file must have as many extents as the input file and each output extent must be able to accommodate at least as many records as its corresponding input extent.

Putting SYNC=YES for an ISAM file will be ignored.

Control Statement Operands

COPY=DATA Operand Summary

Operand

COPY=DATA

BLOCKSIZE=n

CK=YES|NO

EOF=YES

GR=nnn

LRECSIZE=n

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RFILENAME=filename

RMODE=I|S

RP=YES|NO

R0=YES|NO

SEQNO=nn

SFILENAME=filename

SYNC=YES

UPSI=012345678

Required?

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 94 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

COpy=DAta

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: CO=DA

BLocksize=n

Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the size of a copy work area. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D

execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: BL=n

CK=YEs|NO

Use this operand to check for CKD and ECKD disk count area errors during backup of files or volumes (such as VM minidisk) where the count area may not reflect the true location of the physical blocks. CK=YES, the default, will check for errors and, if any are found, will issue the DOCTOR076 error message. Using

CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.

Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO

EOf=YEs

Use this operand on CKD and ECKD devices to cause Dr.D to continue copying only until an EOF is detected. Because the format of the end-of-file marker may be different between device types, the EOF=YES operand is needed to insure proper placement and format of the EOF when copying SD files between device types.

Abbreviation: EO=YE

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LRecsize=n

Specify this operand to enable display of both the number of records copied in addition to the number of blocks copied. It identifies the length of each logical

COPY=DATA Page 95

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE record found in an input file containing fixed-length records. For example, if the input user data file contains 80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as LR=80.

Abbreviation: LR=n

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement for the output file. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.

Abbreviation: RF=filename

Page 96 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RMode=I|S

This operand is used to indicate how Dr.D is to arrange the data being written on the tracks of the output disk during the copy.

Value Action

I Copy file in Image mode. The tracks/blocks being restored will be a mirror image of the saved tracks/blocks.

S Copy file in Squeeze mode. In this mode, as many input blocks as possible are written to each output track. Unused tracks or portions of track on the saved extent are skipped over, and all data records are squeezed on the restoring device, using the full capacity of the track.

This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.

Suppose your input file resides on a 3375 and it is to be copied it to a 3380. If the

3375 extent had five disk blocks per track, by putting RMODE=I, the 3380 extent will also have five records per track even though it can contain more.

Likewise, if the 3375 had a completely blank track, so will the 3380. In other words, RMODE=I copies on a track by track basis exactly mirroring the input extent. On the other hand, specifying RMODE=S informs Dr.D to use the full track capacity of the output device.

RMODE defaults to 'IMAGE' (RMODE=I) unless the file type is SD and the disk type changes, it may be necessary to override that assumption due to a peculiarity in the nature of the file. For SD files, RMODE defaults to ‘SQUEEZE’

(RMODE=S).

Abbreviation: RM=I|S

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

R0=YEs|NO

'R0=YES' specifies that the data portion of R0 is to be saved or restored. If the R0 records are in standard format, then it is usually not necessary to restore them, and restore time can be reduced substantially. Certain file types (COBOL direct access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.

Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO

COPY=DATA Page 97

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be copied. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.

Abbreviation: SF=filename

SYnc=YEs

Normally Dr.D will treat a multi-extent output disk area as one contiguous prime data area. Specifying SYNC=YES will cause the same number of records to be written in each extent as were read from the saved extent (the save and restore extents are synchronized). Thus, when SYNC=YES operand is used the number of extents in the saved and restored files must be the same and each restore extent must be large enough to contain the number of records to contain its corresponding save extent.

Abbreviation: SY=YE

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

Page 98 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Copy SD file

This example copies a sequential disk (SD) file from PACK01 to PACK02. If both devices are the same device type, the output file will be a “mirror image” of the input file (RMODE=I is default when device types are the same). If the device types are different, Dr.D will “squeeze” the output file thereby maximizing the capacities of the output device type (RMODE=S is default when device types are different). The copy will stop when the end-of-file (EOF) is read on the input file.

Because the format of the end-of-file marker may be different between device types, the EOF=YES operand is needed to insure proper placement and format of the EOF.

// ASSGN SYS001,132

// ASSGN SYS002,2C2

// DLBL INPUT,'INPUT.FILE'

// EXTENT SYS001,PACK01,1,0,20,380

// DLBL OUTPUT,'OUTPUT.FILE',2099/365

// EXTENT SYS002,PACK02,1,0,19,380

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=DATA,SFILENAME=INPUT,RFILENAME=OUTPUT,EOF=YES

Example: Copy DA file

This example assumes a DA file organized in the following manner: While the records are randomly scattered throughout the disk, the entire extent has been, in fact, originally pre-formatted with 'X' number of 'EMPTY' blocks per track. As a result, there are only 'EMPTY' blocks containing no data. Each record is accessed by randomizing its key to a relative track and record address. One file resides on a 3350. The example transfers it to a 3380.

Note: If 'RM=S' is not on the control card, it will produce the same number of blocks per track on both devices. This program is modified to use the full capacity of the 3380 track. As a result, the example squeezes as many blocks per track as possible onto the 3380.

// ASSGN SYS001,132

// ASSGN SYS002,1C2

// DLBL F3350,'F3350',,DA

// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,0,20,380

// DLBL F3380,'F3380',2099/365,DA

// EXTENT SYS002,111111,1,0,19,380

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=DATA,SFILENAME=F3350,RFILENAME=F3380,RMODE=SQUEEZE

COPY=DATA Page 99

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Copy multiple extents to a single extent

This example creates a job stream to copy a three extent file to a single extent file.

// ASSGN SYS001,111

// DLBL MULTI,’MULTI.EXTENT’

// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,0,20,20

// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,1,40,20

// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,2,60,20

// DLBL SINGLE,’SINGLE.EXTENT’,2099/365

// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,0,1000,60

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=DATA,SFILENAME=MULTI,RFILENAME=SINGLE

Example: Split one extent into three

This example splits a single extent file into three.

// ASSGN SYS001,111

// DLBL SINGLE,’SINGLE.EXTENT’

// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,0,1000,60

// DLBL MULTI,’MULTI.EXTENT’,2099/365

// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,0,20,20

// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,1,40,20

// EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,2,60,20

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

CO=DA,SF=SINGLE,RF=MULTI

Example: Copy multi-extent file with SYNC=YES

This example takes a 3-extent random file on a 3350 and transfers it over to three larger extents on a 3380. At the same time, it keeps all the records in their corresponding extents.

// ASSGN SYS001,111

// DLBL INPUT,'F3350',,DA

// EXTENT SYS001,654321,1,0,20,100

// EXTENT SYS001,654321,1,1,120,100

// EXTENT SYS001,654321,1,2,220,100

// ASSGN SYS001,112

// DLBL OUTPUT,'F3380',2099/365,DA

// EXTENT SYS002,987654,1,0,19,114

// EXTENT SYS002,987654,1,1,133,114

// EXTENT SYS003,987654,1,2,247,114

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=DATA,SFILENAME=INPUT,RFILENAME=OUTPUT,SYNC=YES

Page 100 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

COPY=LIBRARY

The COPY=LIBRARY command may be used to copy libraries, sublibraries and/or library members from one library to another (pre-sp2 format libraries are not supported). All sublibraries and members may be copied or only those identified through selection criteria may be copied. Sublibraries and their members may be copied to the same sublib or a different sublib.

Job Control DLBL statements are required to identify the input and output libraries. The filename of the input library is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the SFILENAME operand. The filename of the output library is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the RFILENAME operand.

Both the SFILENAME and RFILENAME operands are required.

The MEMBER=SELECT|REJECT and TSTAMP operands may be used to selectively copy sublibraries and/or members. The MEMBER operand uses library selector statements to select or reject by sublib, member type and/or member name. Library selector statements also allow a sublib and its members to be copied to a different sublib in the output library. The TSTAMP operand bases its selection upon the “last update” date and time.

Dr.D uses two different methods for copying library members. The LIBRARY operand controls the method to use. The default method uses Dr.D's own member and directory input/output routines. The second method invokes LIBR for member and directory input/output. This is accomplished by specifying

LIBRARY=LIBR. The two methods differ in several aspects: 1) The LIBR method requires more GETVIS memory and more free space in the library, but may be more suitable for libraries in active use. 2) The LIBR method changes the dates of the each member copied to the current date while Dr.D’s input/output routines retains the dates of the input member during the copy.

When using Dr.D’s own member and directory input/output routines, you may specify the ADD or NEW values with the LIBRARY operand. The ADD value is the default and will merge the input sublib(s) and member(s) into an existing library. The NEW value informs Dr.D that the output library is to be created prior to the copying of sublibraries and members.

Listing of sublibrary and member names can be controlled by use of the

FORMAT and PRINT operands.

COPY=LIBRARY Page 101

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

COPY=LIBRARY

BLOCKSIZE=n

UPSI=012345678

COPY=LIBRARY Operand Summary

Operand

FORMAT=A|B|C|D|E

GR=nnn

LIBRARY=ADD|NEW|LIBR

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

MEMBER=SELECT|REJECT

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH|YES

RFILENAME=filename

RP=YES|NO

SEQNO=nn

SFILENAME=filename

TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

Yes

Required?

Yes

COpy=LIbrary

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: CO=LI

BLocksize=n

Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length for a work area. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: BL=n

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 102 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FOrmat=A|B|C|D|E

Specify this operand to control the listing of sublibrary and members names as they are being processed and where the information will be issued (SYSLOG or

SYSLST).

Value Action

Enable display of member names and sublib names on both SYSLOG and SYSLST.

Enable display of member names on SYSLST only. Sublib names are displayed on both SYSLOG and SYSLST.

Enable display of member names and sublib names on SYSLST only.

Enable display of member names and sublib names on SYSLOG only.

Do not display member names or sublib names on either SYSLOG and

SYSLST. This is the default.

This operand works in conjunction with the PRINT operand. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: FO=A|B|C|D|E

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LIbrary=Add|New|Libr

Use this operand to define how data will be copied to the output library.

Value Action

ADD

NEW

Merges sublibraries and members selected from the input library into an existing library. Any existing members being copied|restored are replaced. Any sublib or member not currently in the library will be added. All existing sublibraries and members not being copied|restored will not be modified. This is the default.

Deletes all existing sublibraries and members in the output library prior to the copy.

LIBR Uses the LIBR i/o routines in place of the Dr.D physical i/o routines.

COPY=LIBRARY Page 103

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: LI=A|N|L

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

MEmber=SElect|REject

Indicates that one or more library selector statements immediately follow this statement. The library selector statements may be used to specify the sublibrary(s), member type(s) and/or member name(s) to be selected

(MEMBER=SELECT) or rejected (MEMBER=REJECT).

There are several types of library selector statements. Sublibrary selectors are prefixed by a ‘+’ sign. Member type selectors are prefixed by a ‘!’ sign. For COPY and RESTORE operations, a “to-sublib” name may be specified by prefixing the

“to-sublib” name with a ‘&’ sign. All other selector statements, without an above mentioned prefix, will be considered member name selectors.

All selector statements, with the exception of the “to-sublib” specification, may be either the full or generic name. When specifying a generic name, any position containing a ‘/’ is always considered a match. An asterisk (*) may be used at the end of the name to cause the matching selection to be based upon only those characters preceding the ‘*’. A single ‘*’, without any preceding characters, will result in selecting all.

An additional statement is required to terminate library selector statements. As

with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement

Abbreviation: ME=SE|RE

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Page 104 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|Both|YEs

LIST enables the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be printed on

SYSLST only. YES enables the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be displayed on SYSLOG. BOTH causes the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be printed on SYSLST and the same report to be displayed on

SYSLOG. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the library to be restored, defined or extended. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.

Abbreviation: RF=filename

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the VSE library’s Job Control DLBL statement.

The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas. If omitted, filename defaults to SYSLIB.

Abbreviation: SF=filename

TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

COPY=LIBRARY Page 105

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE entries with time stamps equal to or after the specified value). Omission of either a ‘<’ or ‘>’ indicates that the time stamp date must exactly match the file’s time stamp date and any time of day value will be ignored.

The time stamp value entered is compared to the actual Greenwich Mean Time values stored and is not adjusted for any difference from local time. For example, local time for the western United States typically is Greenwich Mean

Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day

2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.

The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.

The time stamp time is optional and, if entered, is separated from the time stamp date by a single period (.). The time stamp time is comprised of a 2-digit hour (00 through 23) and a 2-digit minute (00 through 59). If the time stamp time is not entered, time is not considered and only date comparisons occur. The following are examples of the TStamp operand:

TS=-0

TS=>-1.1200

TS=>-6

TS=01100

TS=>01100.1450

TS=<01100

TS=99100

TS=>99100.1450

TS=<99100 select if stamped today select if stamped after yesterday at 12 noon select if stamped in the last seven days select if stamped on the 100th day of 2001 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 2001/100 select if stamped before 2001/100 select if stamped on the 100th day of 1999 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 1999/100 select if stamped before 1999/100

Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

Page 106 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Copy entire library to an existing library

This example copies the entire PROD library to the TEST library. The TEST library must already exist. Because the LIBRARY operand is omitted, it defaults to ADD. No report is generated.

// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA250

// DLBL TEST,'VSE-ESA.TEST.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA251

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=LIBRARY,SFILENAME=PROD,RFILENAME=TEST

Example: Create a new library using copy

This example copies the entire PROD library to the TEST library. The TEST library does not exist, it will be created immediately prior to the copy. No report is generated.

// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA250

// DLBL TEST,'VSE-ESA.TEST.LIBRARY',2099/365

// EXTENT SYS002,FBA251,1,0,1500,100000

// ASSGN SYS002,251

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=LIBRARY,SFILENAME=PROD,RFILENAME=TEST,LIBRARY=NEW

Example: Copy a library with report generation

This example copies the entire PROD library to the TEST library. The sublibraries that are copied will be displayed on the console and both the sublib names and member names copied will be reported on SYSLST.

// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA250

// DLBL TEST,'VSE-ESA.TEST.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA251

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=LIBRARY,SF=PROD,RF=TEST,FORMAT=B,PRINT=YES,UP=111

COPY=LIBRARY Page 107

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Copy selected sublib to different sublib

This example copies all members of the PROD.PR$260 sublibrary to

TEST.PR$261 sublibrary. Both the sublibrary and member names that are saved will be reported only on SYSLST.

// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA250

// DLBL TEST,'VSE-ESA.TEST.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA251

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=LIBRARY,SF=PROD,RF=TEST,FORMAT=C,PRINT=LIST,MEMBER=SELECT

+PR$260 SUBLIBRARY PR$260

&PR$261 COPY-TO PR$261

/@ TERMINATES SELECTION

Example: Copy selected members to different sublib

This example copies all phases starting with IJZ which reside in the

PROD.PR$260 sublibrary to TEST.PR$261 sublibrary. Both the sublibrary and member names that are saved will be reported only on SYSLST.

// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA250

// DLBL TEST,'VSE-ESA.TEST.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA251

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=LIBRARY,SF=PROD,RF=TEST,FORMAT=C,PRINT=LIST,MEMBER=SELECT

+PR$260 SUBLIBRARY PR$260

&PR$261 COPY-TO PR$261

!PHASE SELECT TYPE 'PHASE'

IJZ///// SELECT MEMBERS PREFIXED BY 'IJZ'

/@ TERMINATES SELECTION

Page 108 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

COPY=PHYSICAL

Dr.D enables users to copy portions of a disk on a physical track/block basis, independent of Volumes, Data Files, or Libraries.

This function is valuable for its ability to manipulate data at the physical level.

module, DOCTOR02. If a security package is available, the use of DOCTOR02 can be easily controlled, otherwise DOCTOR02 can be placed in a restricted library, or kept on tape and only restored by authorized persons.

This function offers some useful benefits. For example, consider a disk where the third track in the VTOC has been corrupted. All of the VTOC labels are in the first two tracks, but even though the files are accessible, no new files can be added. If we could restore track 4 to track 3, then the VTOC would be fixed and usable. Using Dr.D on a physical track basis, the VTOC can be repaired quickly without unloading/reloading the disk's files.

The disk to be restored is determined by the volume assignment associated with the RSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the

RVOLID operand. If neither RVOLSID nor RSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default RSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the save. The default RSYSNO as supplied is SYS002 but may be changed by the installation

administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional

information). Use of RVOLID is recommended. When using RVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment.

Dr.D uses the RBEGIN operand to determine the track/block address where the restore will begin. The RHALT operand is used to dictate the track/block address where the restore will cease. The disk addresses entered are one to eight numeric digits in length.

If the target disk is a ECKD or CKD type, the two digits at the extreme right are assumed to be the head number, with the rest of the number as the cylinder number. If the target disk is an FBA type, the whole number is the FBA block number. In any case, leading zeros are not required. If an ending address is not entered, it is made equal to the start address and a single track/FBA block operation is performed.

Whenever you are restoring in the physical mode, you must specify the Restore

Mode operand, RMODE. There are four options available for RMODE.

The default is Image mode (RMODE=I). Under this mode, the restore is performed on a track by track basis so that the output mirrors the input. Because of the architecture on FBA devices, Image mode is the only mode needed.

Squeeze mode (RMODE=S), applicable to ECKD and CKD restores only, will cause Dr.D to restore the extent putting the maximum number of records it can fit on each track. Consider the following:

COPY=PHYSICAL Page 109

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Three tracks on a 3380 are saved that look like:

TRACK 1 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC

TRACK 2 NO RECORDS - ERASED TRACK

TRACK 3 15000-BYTE REC, 5000-BYTE REC

Restoring those three tracks with RMODE=I would yield the exact same layout:

TRACK 1 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC

TRACK 2 NO RECORDS - ERASED TRACK

TRACK 3 15000-BYTE REC, 5000-BYTE REC

However, if the same operation is done with RMODE=S, the restored tracks would look like:

TRACK 1 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC

TRACK 2 5000-BYTE REC

TRACK 3 UNTOUCHED

Add-on mode (RMODE=A) will cause Dr.D to restore the input blocks adding them at the CCHHR address specified by RBEGIN.

If Update mode (RMODE=U) is specified, the contents of each input block is

'UPDATED' into the existing blocks of the output extent, allowing individual blocks on a track to be updated without erasing other blocks on that track.

Because Add-on and Update modes (RMODE=A|U) can operate at the record level, a suffix must be appended to the RBEGIN and RHALT operands. Use the suffix Rnnn if record (block) level processing is required. Both Add-on and

Update modes are applicable to ECKD and CKD restores only.

For additional protection, it is recommended that UPSI bit 0 be set to 0. This allows you to insure the correct disk volume is being restored and the correct input tape is being used. If UPSI bit 0 is set to 1, the restore operation will occur without operator intervention.

When restoring non-VSE initialized disk (e.g. VM minidisk), the AREA operand is required. AREA=SELECT may be used to define the track/blocks on the save tape that are to be restored to the RBEGIN/RHALT addresses. AREA=REJECT may be used to restore the all tracks/blocks between the RBEGIN/RHALT addresses with the exception of specific track/block addresses. The RBEGIN operand is always required.

*WARNING*: You should never copy the first track of the VTOC of one disk to the same track of a VTOC on another disk unless neither disk has alternate tracks assigned. If either disk has alternate tracks, it could result in two or more defective tracks assigned to the same alternate.

Page 110 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

COPY=PHYSICAL

CK=YES|NO

COPY=PHYSICAL Operand Summary

Operand Required?

Yes

CBEGIN=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

CHALT=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

Note 1

Note 2

CSYSNO=SYSnnn

CVOLID=volser

GR=nnn

HV=NO|YES|HOLD

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

Note 3

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RBEGIN=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

RHALT=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

RMODE=I|S|U|A

RP=YES|NO

RSYSNO=SYSnnn

RVOLID=xxxxxx

SBEGIN=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

SEQNO=nn

SHALT=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

SSYSNO=SYSnnn

SVOLID=xxxxxx

UPSI=012345678

VM=NO|YES

Note 1

Note 2

Yes

Note 3

Note 1

Note 2

Note 3

Note 1: RBEGIN and SBEGIN are required. If both reflect the same track/block addresses, they may be replaced by the CBEGIN operand.

Note 2: RHALT and SHALT are required if copying multiple tracks/blocks. If only copying a single track/block, they are optional. When used, if both reflect the same track/block addresses, they may be replaced by the CHALT operand.

Note 3: Either SSYSNO (or defaulted to) or SVOLID is required for the source disk and either RSYSNO (or defaulted to) or RVOLID is required for the target disk. If both the source and target disk are the same, you may use either

CSYSNO or CVOLID. It is recommended that the xVOLID operand be used at all times in place of xSYSNO.

Yes

Global?

COPY=PHYSICAL Page 111

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

COpy=PHysical

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: CO=PH

CBegin=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

Use this operand when the starting track/block of a copy operation is the same on both the source and target packs. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to

6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and ECKD, the start track may be further qualified to the record number by appending Rnnn (where nnn is a 1 to 3-digit record) when used in conjunction with RMODE=U|A. For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.

Abbreviation: CB=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

CHalt=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

Use this operand when the stopping track/block of a copy operation is the same on both the source and target packs. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to

Abbreviation: CH=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

CK=YEs|NO

CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.

Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO

CSysno=SYSnnn

Use this operand when copying from one portion of a disk to another on the same disk. The value specified may be any valid system number.

Abbreviation: CS=SYSnnn

CVolid=volser

Use this operand to specify the 6-character volume serial number when copying from one portion of a disk to another on the same disk.

Page 112 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: CV=volser

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

HV=NO|YEs|HOld

This operand is used during volume backup/restore to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. This is especially important during compacting of disk manager pool space. HV=NO is default. HV=YES should be used on the first disk save/restore within an execution of Dr.D and then HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.

Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

COPY=PHYSICAL Page 113

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RBegin=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

Use this operand to specify the starting track/block where a copy is to begin on the target device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and ECKD, the start track may be further qualified to the record number by appending Rnnn

(where nnn is a 1 to 3-digit record) when used in conjunction with

RMODE=U|A. For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.

This operand is required unless the RBEGIN value is the same as the SBEGIN value. In this case CBEGIN may be used.

Abbreviation: RB=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

RHalt=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block where a copy is to stop on the target device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and ECKD, the start track may be further qualified to the record number by appending Rnnn

(where nnn is a 1 to 3-digit record) when used in conjunction with

RMODE=U|A. For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.

This operand is required unless the RHALT value is the same as the SHALT value. In this case CHALT may be used.

If SHALT is not specified because only a single track/block is being copied, do not specify either RHALT or SHALT.

Abbreviation: RH=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

RMode=I|S|U|A

This operand is used to indicate how Dr.D is to arrange the data being written on the tracks of the output disk during the copy.

Value Action

Copy data in Image mode. The output tracks/blocks will be a mirror image of the input tracks/blocks. This is the default option.

Copy data in Squeeze mode. In this mode, as many input blocks as possible are written to each output track. Unused tracks or portions of track on the input extent are skipped over, and all data records are squeezed on the restoring device, using the full capacity of the track.

This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.

U Copy data in Update mode. The contents of each input block is

'UPDATED' into the existing blocks of the output extent, allowing individual blocks on a track to be updated without erasing other blocks on that track. This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD

Page 114 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Value Action

devices.

A Copy data in Add-on mode. In this mode, input blocks are added to existing data by adding them at the CCHHR address specified by

RBEGIN. This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.

Suppose the input disk is a 3375 and it is being copied to a 3380. If the 3375 extent had five disk blocks per track, by putting RMODE=I, the 3380 extent will also have five records per track even though it can contain more.

Abbreviation: RM=I|S|U|A

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

RSysno=SYSnnn

Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the output (target) disk during a restore operation. RSYSNO=SYS002 is the default shipped with Dr.D

but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the restore or copy operation, it is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used in place of RSYSNO.

If this operand is used, it is required unless copying from one location on a disk to another location on the same disk. In this case CSYSNO may be used.

Abbreviation: RS=SYSnnn

RVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the volser of the output (target) volume during a restore operation.

If this operand is used, it is required unless copying from one location on a disk to another location on the same disk. In this case CVOLID may be used.

Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx

SBegin=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

Use this operand to specify the starting track/block where the copy is to begin on the source device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder

COPY=PHYSICAL Page 115

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

(ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and

ECKD, the start track may be further qualified to the record number by appending Rnnn (where nnn is a 1 to 3-digit record) when used in conjunction with RMODE=U|A. For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.

This operand is required unless the SBEGIN value is the same as the RBEGIN value. In this case CBEGIN may be used.

Abbreviation: SB=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SHalt=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block on the source device during a save or copy operation. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and ECKD, the start track may be further qualified to the record number by appending Rnnn (where nnn is a 1 to 3-digit record) when used in conjunction with RMODE=U|A. For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.

If copying only a single track/block, omit the SHALT specification. In all other instances, SHALT is required. If the SHALT value is the same as the RHALT value, CHALT may be used.

Abbreviation: SH=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

SSysno=SYSnnn

SSYSNO.

If this operand is used, it is required unless copying from one location on a disk to another location on the same disk. In this case CSYSNO may be used.

Abbreviation: SS=SYSnnn

SVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the input (source) volser during a copy operation.

If this operand is used, it is required unless copying from one location on a disk to another location on the same disk. In this case CVOLID may be used.

Page 116 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

VM=NO|YEs

Use this operand to when restoring non-VSE volumes (i.e. VM minidisk) on CKD and ECKD devices. Specifying YES bypasses disk count area errors caused by the count area not reflecting the true location of the physical blocks.

Abbreviation: VM=NO|YES

COPY=PHYSICAL Page 117

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Physically copy tracks to same location on different pack

This example copies tracks 100 through 119 from a 3380 (volser=PCK1C1) to the same location on a different 3380 (volser=PCK1C2). The tracks are copied in

“image” mode.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=PHYSICAL,SVOLID=PCK1C1,RVOLID=PCK1C2,CBEGIN=610,CHALT=714,RMODE=I

Example: Physically copy tracks to different location on different pack

This example copies tracks 100 through 119 from a 3380 (volser=PCK1C1) to tracks 200 through 219 on a 3390 (volser=PCK1C2). Because the copy is being done between different device types, “squeeze” mode is being used.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

CO=PH,SV=PCK1C1,RV=PCK1C2,SB=610,SH=714,RB=1305,RH=1409,RM=S

Example: Physically copy tracks to different location on same pack

This example copies 1 track from track 100 on a 3380 (volser=PCK1C1) to track

101 on the same pack. The track is copied in “image” mode.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

CO=PH,CV=PCK1C1,SB=610,RB=611,RM=I

Example: Physically copy in add-on mode (RM=A)

This example copies a single block from cylinder 6 head 1 record 5, adding it to cylinder 9 head 2 at record 7. The rest of the receiving track is erased. Using this method, it is possible to gather blocks from various disk locations and put them together at a desired location. If SHALT and RHALT are used, multiple blocks can be copied by one command.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

CO=NO,UP=111,PR=BOTH

CO=PH,CV=CKD476,SB=601R5,RB=902R7,RM=A

Page 118 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Physically copy in update mode (RM=U)

This example copies the data in a single block at cylinder 6 head 1 record 5 into the single block at cylinder 9 head 2 record 7. No other blocks on the receiving track are affected. If SHALT and RHALT are used, multiple blocks can be updated by one command. If the copied block is larger than the updated block, only the data that will fit is copied. If it is smaller, then the remainder of the receiving block is left as found.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

CO=NO,UP=111,PR=BOTH

CO=PH,CV=CKD476,SB=601R5,RB=902R7,RM=U

Example: Physically copy entire cylinders

This example copies the entire second cylinder from a 3380 (volser=PCK131) to a different 3380 (volser=PCK132).

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

CO=NO,UP=111,PR=LIST

CO=PH,SVOLID=PCK131,RVOLID=PCK132,CBEGIN=100,CHALT=114

COPY=PHYSICAL Page 119

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

COPY=SDISK

COPY=SDISK is designed to perform a disk to disk copy of a single non-VSAM file. It only supports sequential disk (SD) files and uses LIOCS to read and write the data. A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify both the input and output files. The SFILENAME operand identifies the input DLBL filename and

RFILENAME identifies the output DLBL filename. Both operands are required and cannot reference the same filename. Only one file may be copied per control statement.

The output file’s extents are completely independent of the input file’s; they may differ in size, placement and device type.

Usually all sequential files have an EOF record after the last data record of the last prime data extent. If this is so, specifying EOF=YES will cause Dr.D to stop copying after reading an EOF record. When copying sequential disk files between device types, EOF=YES is needed because the format of the end-of-file marker may be different. Specification of EOF=YES will insure proper placement and format of the EOF.

A logical record count may be obtained through use of the LRECSIZE= (Logical

Record Length) operand and specification of UPSI bit 2 (UPSI XX1) specified via

Job Control, UPSI operand or default UPSI value. For variable blocked files, only the UPSI is required.

Using The RMODE Operand

The RMODE (Restore Mode) is an internal switch in Dr.D that is set and used when writing the output file. Set RMODE to either an 'I' for image or 'S' for squeeze.

When set to 'I', Dr.D writes the output file as a mirror image of the input file.

Partially used tracks, unused tracks, records out of sequence on a track, all appear copied in the same format.

When RMODE is set to 'S', the full track capacity of the output disk is employed.

When copying an SD file, RMODE is set to 'S' if it is copied to a new disk type.

Specifying RMODE=I or RMODE=S will override the default as described above.

The only reason for specifying this override is in conversion of direct access from one disk type to another.

Page 120 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Using The SYNC Operand

However, sometimes you might want to switch output extents before each fills up. Using the SYNC=YES operand will cause the input and output files' extents to become 'SYNCHRONIZED'.

Control Statement Operands

COPY=SDISK Operand Summary

Operand

COPY=SDISK

BLOCKSIZE=n

CK=YES|NO

EOF=YES

GR=nnn

LRECSIZE=n

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RFILENAME=filename

RMODE=I|S

RP=YES|NO

R0=YES|NO

SEQNO=nn

SFILENAME=filename

SYNC=YES

UPSI=012345678

Yes

Required?

Yes

Global?

Yes

COPY=SDISK Page 121

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

COpy=SDisk

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: CO=SD

BLocksize=n

execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: BL=n

CK=YEs|NO

CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.

Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO

EOf=YEs

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to continue copying an extent on CKD and ECKD devices continues until a EOF is detected. Because the format of the end-of-file marker may be different between device types, the EOF=YES operand is needed to insure proper placement and format of the EOF when copying SD files between device types.

Abbreviation: EO=YE

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

Page 122 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

LRecsize=n

Specify this operand to enable display of both the number of records copied in addition to the number of blocks copied. It identifies the length of each logical record found in an input file containing fixed-length records. For example, if the input user data file contains 80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as LR=80.

Abbreviation: LR=n

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RFilename=filename

Abbreviation: RF=filename

COPY=SDISK Page 123

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RMode=I|S

This operand is used to indicate how Dr.D is to arrange the data being written on the tracks of the output disk during the copy.

Value Action

I Copy file in Image mode. The tracks/blocks being restored will be a mirror image of the saved tracks/blocks.

This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.

Suppose your input file resides on a 3375 and it is to be copied it to a 3380. If the

3375 extent had five disk blocks per track, by putting RMODE=I, the 3380 extent will also have five records per track even though it can contain more.

(RMODE=S).

Abbreviation: RM=I|S

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

R0=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO

Page 124 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SFilename=filename

Abbreviation: SF=filename

SYnc=YEs

Abbreviation: SY=YE

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

COPY=SDISK Page 125

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Copy SD file

Because the format of the end-of-file marker may be different between device types, the EOF=YES operand is needed to insure proper placement and format of the EOF.

// ASSGN SYS001,132

// ASSGN SYS002,2C2

// DLBL INPUT,'INPUT.FILE'

// EXTENT SYS001,PACK01,1,0,20,380

// DLBL OUTPUT,'OUTPUT.FILE',2099/365

// EXTENT SYS002,PACK02,1,0,19,380

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=SDISK,SFILENAME=INPUT,RFILENAME=OUTPUT,EOF=YES

Example: Copy multiple extents to a single extent

This example creates a job stream to copy a three extent file to a single extent file.

// ASSGN SYS001,132

// ASSGN SYS002,2C2

// DLBL MULTI,’MULTI.EXTENT’

// EXTENT SYS001,PACK01,1,0,20,20

// EXTENT SYS001,PACK01,1,1,40,20

// EXTENT SYS001,PACK01,1,2,60,20

// DLBL SINGLE,’SINGLE.EXTENT’,2099/365

// EXTENT SYS002,PACK02,1,0,1000,60

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=SDISK,SFILENAME=MULTI,RFILENAME=SINGLE

Page 126 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Split one extent into three

This example splits a single extent file into three.

// ASSGN SYS001,2C2

// ASSGN SYS002,132

// DLBL SINGLE,’SINGLE.EXTENT’,2099/365

// EXTENT SYS001,PACK01,1,0,1000,60

// DLBL MULTI,’MULTI.EXTENT’

// EXTENT SYS002,PACK02,1,0,20,20

// EXTENT SYS002,PACK02,1,1,40,20

// EXTENT SYS002,PACK02,1,2,60,20

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

CO=SD,SF=SINGLE,RF=MULTI

Example: Copy multi-extent file with SYNC=YES

This example takes a 3-extent SD file on a 3350 and transfers it over to three larger extents on a 3380. At the same time, it keeps all the records in their corresponding extents.

// ASSGN SYS001,150

// ASSGN SYS002,280

// DLBL INPUT,'F3350'

// EXTENT SYS001,PACK50,1,0,20,100

// EXTENT SYS001,PACK50,1,1,120,100

// EXTENT SYS001,PACK50,1,2,220,100

// DLBL OUTPUT,'F3380',2099/365

// EXTENT SYS002,PACK80,1,0,19,114

// EXTENT SYS002,PACK80,1,1,133,114

// EXTENT SYS002,PACK80,1,2,247,114

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=SDISK,SFILENAME=INPUT,RFILENAME=OUTPUT,SYNC=YES

COPY=SDISK Page 127

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

COPY=VSAM

The COPY=VSAM command is designed to copy a single VSAM data file (either

SUBALLOCATED or UNIQUE) to another VSAM file (either SUBALLOCATED or UNIQUE). Only one file per Dr.D control statement is copied.

A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the input file and that filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the SFILENAME operand. A Job Control DLBL statement is also required to identify the output file and that filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the

RFILENAME operand. An alternative to the specification of a Job Control DLBL for a suballocated output file is to use the RCAT and RIDENT operands in place of the RFILENAME operand.

When copying to a VSAM unique file where Dr.D is required to invoke VSAM for file definition, two additional label sets are required for a unique KSDS file and one additional label set is required for a unique ESDS or RRDS file:

// DLBL UNIQUE,’UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM

DLBL for RFILENAME operand

// DLBL DNIQUE,,,VSAM

DLBL/EXTENT required for KSDS ESDS RRDS

// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number

// DLBL XNIQUE,,,VSAM

DLBL/EXTENT required for KSDS only

// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number

The filename to be used is the value specified through the RFILENAME operand where the first character is altered to the letter ‘D’ (to identify the data component) or to the letter ‘X’ (to identify the index component). Therefore, do not specify an RFILENAME value beginning with the letter ‘D’ or ‘X’. Any specified file-id will be ignored since VSAM always uses the name of the component as the file-id. Extent information is required to identify where on the target volume each component is to reside. No additional label set is required for the VSAM internally created index component of RRDS files containing variable-length records since that component requires suballocation data space.

VSAM Automatic Definition Feature

The Dr.D VSAM Automatic Definition Feature simplifies copying VSAM files by eliminating the need for a separate IDCAMS job step. The definition associated with the input may be used as the basis for defining the output file during the process. The use of this feature is optional and is controlled using the AUTO= operand. The default for this operand is AUTO=YES.

With the AUTO=YES operand in effect, Dr.D examines the target VSAM catalog

(after adjusting for any requested name changes) and selects one of the following actions:

•

If the file does not exist in the target catalog, Dr.D defines a new file using the definition associated with the input.

Page 128 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

•

If the file does exist in the target catalog but contains no records, Dr.D will copy into the empty file.

•

If the file does exist in the target catalog but is not empty, Dr.D will reuse the file if possible (even if the file is not defined as reusable). If the file cannot be reused, Dr.D deletes and defines a new file.

Use of the FD= operand allows this logic to be altered to allow files to be redefined unconditionally, optionally with the primary allocation recalculated.

In addition, the listing generated when IDCAMS is invoked for a delete/define can also be obtained by specifying the IDCAMS=PRINT operand.

When the cluster names of the input and output are the same, the component

(data and index) names will be maintained by the Automatic Definition Feature.

If the cluster names are different, the component names of the file created by the

Automatic Definition Feature will be VSAM generated system names. These may be overridden by use of IDCAMS style overrides described under Automatic

Definition Override Feature.

VSAM Automatic Definition Override Feature

Users of the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature can override several attributes when the file is defined using the additional operands for modifying definitions.

The available operands are:

Operand Function

BUFFERSPACE=n|1|N

CDATA=dataprimaryusecls/

datasecondaryusecls|N

Override the BUFFERSPACE specification.

Override the data allocation classes.

CFACTOR=n|0

DATE=yyddd|+n|0

Change the space occupied.

CNSIZE=datacisize/idxcisize|N

Change the data and index CI sizes.

CX=idxprimaryusecls/

idxsecondaryusecls|0

Override the index allocation classes.

Override VSAM TO/FOR specification.

FD=C|D|M

FREESPACE=cifreespace/

cafreespace|N

RVOLID=xxxxxx|

(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Primary allocation recalculation.

Override the FREESPACE specification.

Override the VOLUME specification.

SOPTION=datashroptions/

idxshroptions|N

VCOMPRESS=YES

XL=YES|NO

Override the SHAREOPTION specification.

Set the “COMPRESSED” attribute.

Set the “EXTRALARGEDATASET” attribute.

COPY=VSAM Page 129

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

In addition, nearly any definition attribute may be overridden by supplying

IDCAMS style parameters. This option of override is invoked by specifying the

AUTO=OVERRIDE (rather than AUTO=YES).

When using IDCAMS style overrides, each override statement must begin with

‘CLUSTER’, ‘DATA’, or ‘INDEX’ to denote which component the override applies to and the operands and their values must be wholly contained within positions 1 through 72 of the statement. More than one operand and its value can be contained on one statement but an operand and its value can not be split across statements.

Multivolume VSAM Catalogs

If all the volume serial numbers in the input definition are currently volumes owned by the target catalog, the same volume serial numbers are used in the definition. If any of the volume serial numbers in the input definition are not currently volumes owned by the target catalog, only the catalog owned volume serial numbers are used in the definition This action can be influenced by:

•

Use the RVOLID= operand to direct the definition to one or more particular volume serial numbers.

•

Use the VSAM Automatic Definition Override Feature.

•

Use the AUTO=ROTATE operand to spread allocations across candidate volumes.

VSAM Device Independence

The VSAM Automatic Definition Feature fully supports device independence between the DASD device type used for the input and the DASD device type used when the file is copied.

If the DASD device type is different when the copy begins, the space allocations for the file are adjusted in proportion to the relative track capacities (or FBA blocksize) of the two DASD device types. Full independence between CKD,

ECKD and FBA architecture is supported

Control Statement Operands

Operand

COPY=VSAM

COPY=VSAM Operand Summary

Required?

AUTO=YES|NO|ROTATE|OVERRIDE

BUFFERSPACE=n|1|N

Yes

CDATA=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N

CFACTOR=n|0

Global?

Yes

Page 130 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Operand

COPY=VSAM Operand Summary

Required?

CNSIZE=datacisize/idxcisize|N

CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N

DATE=yyddd|+n|0

DELETE=pppphh

EOF=S

FAST=YES|NO|CI

FD=C|D|M|N|R

FREESPACE=cifreespace/cafreespace|N

GR=nnn

HIKEY=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’

IDCAMS=PRINT

INSEQUENCE=NO

LOWKEY=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

MRECORDS=n

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RCAT=filename

RFILENAME=filename

RIDENT=’file-id’

RP=YES|NO

RVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

RWORD=filepassword

SEQNO=nn

SFILENAME=filename

SOPTION=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N

SWORD=filepassword

UPSI=012345678

VARIABLE=YES

VBUFF=n

VCOMPRESS=YES

VSTYPE=E|K|R|N|S|P

VUSE=CA|IG|NU|SA|OP

XL=YES|NO

Yes

Note 1

Note 2

Yes

Global?

Yes

COPY=VSAM Page 131

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Note 1: RFILENAME= is required or, if not used, both RCAT= and RIDENT= would be required.

Note 2: VARIABLE= is required when input file is variable length.

Page 132 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

COpy=VSam

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: CO=VS

AUto=YEs|NO|ROtate|OVerride

Use this operand to control the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature.

Value Action

YES

ROTATE

OVERRIDE

Invoke automatic file definition as necessary (default).

Do not invoke automatic file definition (the target file must be predefined and ready to accept data).

Invoke automatic file definition as necessary rotating the definition for each file component on the next candidate volume (this technique allows the index component to reside on a different volume from the data component causing a more even spread over the candidate volumes).

Modify the file definition using the IDCAMS style operands supplied on subsequent statements. Be sure to also specify the

FD=D operand to assure that the file will be redefined using these modifications.

Each override statement must begin with ‘CLUSTER’,

‘DATA’, or ‘INDEX’ and the operands and their values must be wholly contained within positions 1 through 72 of the statement. More than one operand and its value can be contained on one statement but an operand and its value can not be split across statements. IDCAMS continuation characters are allowed but have no effect. If the ‘VOLUME’ operand cannot be contained within one statement, use multiple statements each beginning with ‘DATA(VOLUMES(‘ or ‘INDEX(VOLUMES(‘.

The override statements are terminated by an end-of-data (/* or /@) statement before the next Dr.D control statement.

Operands are checked for correct spelling. Misspelled operands are ignored without notification. Also, operands are ignored without notification unless specified on the appropriate override statement. For example, specifying the

FREESPACE operand on a CLUSTER override statement will be ignored since the FREESPACE operand applies individually to the DATA and INDEX components.

Abbreviation: AU=YE|NO|RO|OV

COPY=VSAM Page 133

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

BUfferspace=n|1|N

Use this operand to override the bufferspace value for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

If a value greater than 256 is specified, that value is used as the bufferspace for each file.

If a value of 2-256 is specified, the existing bufferspace is multiplied by that value.

If a value of 1 is specified, no bufferspace will be specified when a define is accomplished for this file.

This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

Abbreviation: BU=n|1|N

CData=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N

Use this operand to override the data allocation classes for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

Abbreviation: CD=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N

CFactor=n|0

Use this operand to change the data component space occupied for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. The value specified is a percentage change. A value of 110 would increase the allocation by 10%; a value of 90 would decrease the allocation by 10%. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of 0 is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

Abbreviation: CF=n|0

CNsize=datacisize/idxcisize|N

Use this operand to override the CISIZE(s) for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

Abbreviation: CN=datacisize/idxcisize|N

Page 134 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N

Use this operand to override the index allocation classes for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

Abbreviation:

CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N

DAte=yyddd|+n|0

Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being defined by the Dr.D

Automatic Definition Feature. Use yyddd to specify an absolute julian date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99=19yy) Use +n to specify a date relative to the current IPL date. Specify 0 to cause no ‘TO’ date to be generated for the VSAM file definition. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n|0

DElete=pppphh

Use this operand to cause records containing a specific single character in a specific record position to be bypassed during the copy function. pppp is a 4-digit decimal number (relative to 1 with leading zeros specified and less than 4097) denoting the position in an input record where the single character is located (if used with variable-length records, this position must be in the leading fixed portion of the record). hh is the hexadecimal value of the single character code.

Abbreviation: DE=pppphh

EOf=S

Specify S to cause Dr.D to continue copying only until a software EOF is found, without regard to the input file’s high used RBA (relative byte address).

Abbreviation: EO=S

FAst=YEs|NO|CI

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to invoke physical IOCS rather than the slower logical

IOCS when copying VSAM files. The output file is identical regardless of this operand being specified as YES or NO. Specify CI to cause Dr.D to copy VSAM files in CI-format. Files saved in CI-format will not be reorged during the copy function. FAST=YES is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: FA=YE|NO|CI

COPY=VSAM Page 135

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FD=C|D|M|N|R

Use this operand in conjunction with AUTO=YES/ROTATE/OVERRIDE to identify the condition under which file definition should be accomplished. FD=R is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

The output file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation increased so the output file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary size allocation.

The output file is deleted and redefined.

The output file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation recomputed based on the high-used RBA of the input file so the output file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary size allocation.

The file is deleted and redefined unless it is empty or defined as reusable.

The existing definition is to be reset if the file exists (even if not defined as reusable). Otherwise, the file is defined.

This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: FD=C|D|M|N|R

FReespace=cifreespace/cafreespace|N

Use this operand to override the freespace specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

Abbreviation: FR=cifreespace/cafreespace|N

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

HIghkey=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’

Use this operand is used to select records by the data contained in the key. This operand specifies the highest key to be selected. If the key contains spaces,

Page 136 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE enclose it in single quotes ('). If you wish to enter the key in hexadecimal, enter it as HI=X'......'. The key must be entered as a contiguous string and be totally contained on one Dr.D control statement. Only the significant portion of the key, starting in key position 1, need be coded. This operand also works in conjunction with the LOWKEY= operand to select all records matching the specified keys and all records in between or only a specific key when LO= and HI= reflect the same key. If HI= is used by itself, it will select all records from the beginning of the file up to and including the specified key.

Abbreviation: HI=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’

IDcams=PRint

Use this operand in conjunction with the PRINT operand to cause printing of

Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature IDCAMS DELETE and DEFINE commands and their corresponding results.

Abbreviation: ID=PR

INsequence=NO

Specify NO to cause a KSDS file to be copied without using the file’s sequence set. Specification of this operand is only effective when FAST=YES is also specified or

defaulted. This technique is useful for recovering a file whose sequence set has been corrupted. Be aware that this operand may cause the file to be saved out of sequence and, if so, it is the user’s responsibility to rebuild the file purging duplicate records and placing the records back into ascending sequence. This task can be accomplished by either:

1. Copying the file to an ESDS, sorting it and then copying it back to the KSDS

2. Save the file to a data tape (DTAPE=YES), sorting it and then restoring it back to the KSDS.

Abbreviation: IN=NO

LOwkey=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’

Use this operand is used to select records by the data contained in the key. This operand specifies the lowest or only key to be selected. If the key contains spaces, enclose it in single quotes ('). If you wish to enter the key in hexadecimal, enter it as LO=X'......'. The key must be entered as a contiguous string and be totally contained on one Dr.D control statement. Only the significant portion of the key, starting in key position 1, need be coded. This operand also works in conjunction with the HIGHKEY= operand to select all records matching the specified keys and all records in between or only a specific key when LO= and HI= reflect the same key. If LO= is used by itself, it will select records starting with the specified key and continue to end of file.

COPY=VSAM Page 137

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: LO=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

MRecords=n

Specify this operand with a value in the range of 0-99999999 to limit the number of logical records to be copied. Specify MRECORDS=0 to cause the output file to be defined or modified only (with no records copied), depending upon the setting of the FD operand. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: MR=n

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console before any processing is performed. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RCat=filename

Specify this operand to identify the filename of the VSAM catalog to receive the file to be copied. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the initial control statement.

This operand is required when also specifying RIDENT in place of specifying a

DLBL statement and RFILENAME for the output file.

Page 138 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: RC=filename

RFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the VSAM file to be restored. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.

This operand is required when specifying a DLBL statement for the output file. If using RCAT and RIDENT, do not specify this operand.

Abbreviation: RF=filename

RIdent=’file-id’

Specify the full file-id enclosed in single quotes to indicate the name of the new file being restored.

This operand is required when also specifying RCAT in place of specifying a

DLBL statement and RFILENAME for the output file.

Abbreviation: RI=’file-id’

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

RVolid=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Use this operand to override the VOLUME specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. Specify up to 30 volsers

(of those assigned to the RCAT catalog) enclosed in parentheses. If a value of

NO is specified, the file definitions will exclude any data or index volume specification.

Abbreviation: RV=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

RWord=filepassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character password of the VSAM file being restored to.

Abbreviation: RW=filepassword

SEqno=nn

COPY=VSAM Page 139

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SFilename=filename

Abbreviation: SF=filename

SOption=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N

Use this operand to override the share option specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. The share options are entered as 2 single digit pairs, where the first digit specifies how the component is shared within a single VSE system and the second digit specifies how the component is shared across multiple VSE systems. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

Abbreviation: SO=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N

SWord=filepassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character file read password of the file being copied only if it has a read password defined.

Abbreviation: SW=filepassword

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

VAriable=YEs|NO

Dr.D considers a file to contain variable length records if the VSAM catalog definition for RECORDSIZE shows the average record length differing from the maximum record length, regardless of the length of the record(s) actually stored in the file.

Specification of VARIABLE=YES is required if the input file contains variable length records. Specification of VARIABLE=YES for files containing fixed length records will cause no harm. VARIABLE=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D

but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: VA=YE|NO

Page 140 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

VBuff=n

For potential enhanced performance, use this operand to increase the amount of internal buffer space used by Dr.D when restoring a VSAM file. The value specified indicates the number of thousands of bytes desired. For example,

VB=100 sets the buffer space used by Dr.D to 100,000. This operand will default to 3 times the default or specified tape blocksize value (see BLOCKSIZE operand).

Note: this operand defines the space to allocated for use as Dr.D internal buffers and not the buffer space to be used in defining clusters to be restored (to override the buffer space to be used in defining clusters to restored, see the

BUFFERSPACE operand).

Abbreviation: VB=n

VCompress=YEs

Use this operand to have the compressed attribute specified for the output qualifying VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature.

Dr.D accomplishes qualification for the output using the rules as delineated by

VSAM. This allows files to be copied into compressed format with no need to pre-qualify those files. The FD= operand should be used to assure that file redefinition is performed.

Abbreviation: VC=YE

VStype=K|E|R|N|S|P

Under some systems, an open error message with error X’A0’ (160) may occur when copying a VSAM file. Although this error can be ignored without penalty, specify this operand to identify the type of target VSAM file to avoid the error message.

Value Action

Indicates KSDS file.

Indicates ESDS file.

Indicates RRDS file.

Indicates non-CI format file.

Indicates VSAM SAM managed file.

Indicates PATH.

Abbreviation: VR=K|E|R|N|S|P

VUse=CAncel|IGnore|NUll|OPerator|SAve

Use this operand to specify the action to be taken when a VSAM file about to be copied is currently in use (i.e., open for update) by another task.

VUSE=CANCEL is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

COPY=VSAM Page 141

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

CANCEL

IGNORE

NULL

OPERATOR

SAVE

Cancel the job.

Do not copy the file.

Copy the file as a null file.

Issue message DOCTOR175 and wait for operator response

(allowed only with FAST=YES).

Copy the file anyway knowing that the results are unpredictable and may cause subsequent access to fail

(allowed only with FAST=YES - with FAST=NO, this value functions the same as VUSE=NULL).

Abbreviation: VU=CA|IG|NU|OP|SA

XL=YEs|NO

This operand specifies whether KSDS files are to be defined with the

'EXTRALARGEDATASET' attribute. If 'NO' is specified, then the attribute is suppressed even if it was present in the saved file. This operand is effective only if an IDCAMS define is initiated- use the FD operand to force delete/define in case the file exists in the receiving catalog.

Abbreviation: XL=YE|NO

Examples

Example: Copy a VSAM file using DLBLs for input and output

// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// DLBL INPFILE,’INP.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT

// DLBL OUTFILE,’OUT.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=VSAM,SFILENAME=INPFILE,RFILENAME=OUTFILE

Example: Copy a VSAM file using only input DLBL

// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// DLBL INPFILE,’INP.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=VSAM,SFILENAME=INPFILE,RCAT=OURCAT,RIDENT=’OUT.VSAM.FILE’

Page 142 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Copy a VSAM file with AUTO=OVERRIDE

// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// DLBL INPFILE,’INP.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT

// DLBL OUTFILE,’OUT.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=VSAM,SFILENAME=INPFILE,RFILENAME=OUTFILE,AUTO=OVERRIDE,FD=D

INDEX(NAME(OUT.VSAM.FILE.INDEX))

INDEX (CISZ(512))

DATA(NAME(OUT.VSAM.FILE.DATA))

DATA(CISZ(4096) RECORDS(250 0))

DATA(VOLUMES(FBA240 FBA241 FBA242 FBA243 FBA244 FBA245))

DATA(VOLUMES(FBA251 FBA252 FBA253 FBA254 FBA255))

COPY=VSAM Page 143

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Copy a unique KSDS without Automatic File Definition

Copy a unique VSAM KSDS file. The output file currently exists and, therefore, need not be defined by the Dr.D automatic file definition facility.

// DLBL OUNIQUE,’UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1

// DLBL IUNIQUE,’ANOTHER.UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=VSAM,SFILENAME=IUNIQUE,RFILENAME=OUNIQUE

Example: Copy a unique KSDS with Automatic File Definition

Copy a unique VSAM KSDS file. The output file does not currently exist as desired and, therefore, needs to be defined by the Dr.D automatic file definition facility.

// DLBL IUNIQUE,’UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1

// DLBL OUNIQUE,’ANOTHER.UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1

// DLBL DUNIQUE,,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1

// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number

// DLBL XUNIQUE,,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1

// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

COPY=VSAM,SFILENAME=IUNIQUE,RFILENAME=OUNIQUE,AUTO=YES,FD=D

Page 144 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX

The VSAM Build Alternate Index Feature allows the user to build alternate indexes automatically with Dr.D. Alternate indexes can be built while a VSAM cluster is being saved, restored, or copied. The Dr.D VSAM build alternate index feature:

•

Builds up to 99 separate alternate indexes via a single pass of the base cluster

•

Builds alternate indexes up to 10 times faster than the IDCAMS BLDINDEX facility.

•

Builds alternate indexes for KSDS and ESDS files

•

Allows cluster records for build to be selected using record selector statements.

•

Allows non-unique AIX keys to be made unique by the addition of a binary suffix to each key.

Building Alternate Indexes

The alternate indexes to be built by Dr.D must first be defined by IDCAMS. The

Dr.D FUNCTION=BUILDAIX is then used to build the alternate indexes. If the

AIX is defined but not empty, Dr.D will reset it to empty status, even if it is not defined as reusable. While the build function is being performed, the base cluster may also be saved, restored, or copied. Whether save, restore, or copy is performed is determined by the key words used on the FUNCTION=BUILDAIX command statement:

•

If SFILENAME only is present, a save is assumed.

•

If RFILENAME only is present, a restore is assumed. Restore operations accept the same input as is valid for a RESTORE=VSAM command.

•

If both SFILENAME and RFILENAME are present, a copy is assumed and the AIX is built from the output cluster. This allows a file to be reorganized at the same time AIX(s) are being created.

The BUILDAIX function is dependent on information generated by the VSAM

Automatic Definition Feature, so 'AUTO=YES' must be in effect. Refer to the corresponding details on the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature associated with the COPY=VSAM and RESTORE=VSAM commands.

Partition and execute size will vary depending on which sort program is used and whether SVA eligible phases are in the SVA. If a RESTORE or COPY method is used, more GETVIS space is needed for VSAM buffers. For best performance, use the largest partition possible and the VBUFF and ABUFF operands.

Along with the SFILENAME and RFILENAME operands, the AFILE operand must be used to specify the Job Control DLBL name(s) for the AIX (s) to be built.

If a one or two digit number is entered, then it specifies the number of alternate

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 145

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE indexes to be built and causes Dr.D to generate DLBL names in the following format:

AIXaabb where:

is the number of the FUNCTION=BUILDAIX command. This is a sequential number that is reset at each EXEC DRD statement and incremented by 1 at each FUNCTION=BUILDAIX command.

is the AIX file number. This is a sequential number that is reset at each FUNCTION=BUILDAIX command and incremented by

1 for each AIX built by that command.

If the AFILE operand is not a one or two digit numeric, then it is assumed to be the actual Job Control DLBL name to be used.

Build AIX Record Selection

The cluster records used to build the AIX may be selected by adding

PARTIAL=SELECT to the control card and including a record selector card for each AIX to be built selectively. If multiple AIX's are built, then each selector must be prefixed by the relative AIX number (the first AIX is 1, the second is 2, etc.).

Selection of base cluster records for the build AIX function allows selection based on fields not included in the AIX data fields. Selection takes place before the AIX records are passed to the sort, greatly improving the efficiency of the sort process both in processing time and sort work area requirements.

Record selection is specified by use of the Dr.D SELECT statement rather than the sort INCLUDE/OMIT statements. One SELECT statement is allowed for each

AIX to be built and has the following format:

Bytes 0-1

Bytes 2-7

Bytes n-80

A two digit number indicating the AIX being selected. IF blank,

01 is assumed.

SELECT (or just SEL)

The record selection formula.

The record selection formula consists of one or more field selectors, each made up of three sub-fields: the field locator, a logical operator, and a constant for comparison. The field locator consists of a one byte type field allowing character

(C), hexadecimal (X), or packed decimal (P). Following the type field is a number specifying the starting position in the record (relative to one). Some examples are:

P12 - specifies a packed decimal field starting at position 12

C5 - specifies a character field starting at position 5

X37 - specifies a hexadecimal field starting at position 37

Page 146 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Select Logical Operators

The logical operator specifies the type of comparison to be made between the record field and a specified constant. It may be the '=' sign for comparing equal, the '<' for less than, the '>' for greater than, and 'NE' for not equal.

Following the logical operator is the constant data to be compared to the record field. This constant must be of an appropriate format to match the type field specified by the field locator. If packed decimal is specified, the length of the record field is determined by scanning for the sign in the rightmost position. If a character field includes blanks, enclose the constant in single quotes (').

Hexadecimal fields must have an even number of proper hexadecimal digits (0-

F).

The following are examples of the SELECT statement:

1. Select records containing 'FLORIDA' starting in position 45:

SELECT C45 = FLORIDA

2. Select records having a value greater than 512 in the packed decimal field starting in position 12:

SELECT P12 > 512

3. Select records having a value less than x'0000B800' in the field starting in position 138:

SELECT X138 < 0000B800

4. Select records that do not have 'DEAD' in position 1000:

SELECT C1000 NE DEAD

Complex Record Selection

Complex record selection can be specified by using the logical connectors 'V' (or) and '&' (and), and if necessary, parentheses to insure correct evaluation of the expression. Some examples are:

1. Select records having 'FLORIDA' in position 45 and a value greater than 512 in position 12:

SELECT C45 = FLORIDA & P12 > 512

2. Select records having either 'FLORIDA' or 'GEORGIA' in position 45:

SELECT C45 = FLORIDA V C45 = GEORGIA

3. Select records having 'A' in positions 5 and 10, or where the packed decimal field in position 20 is in the range 100 through 499:

SELECT (C5 = A & C10 = A) V (P20 > 99 & P20 < 500)

Note that spaces must separate field locators, logical operators, constants and logical connectors, but spaces are not required after the '(' or before the ')'.

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 147

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Building Non-Contiguous Key AIX’s

Non-contiguous key AIX's may be built by specifying PARTIAL=SELECT on the

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX control card and then including one or more KEY definition statements for each AIX to be built. It has the following format:

Bytes 0-1

Bytes 2-7

A two digit number indicating the AIX being selected. IF blank,

01 is default.

KEY=P1,L1,P2,L3,...Pn,Ln

The 'P' represents the relative position in the base cluster while the 'L' is the length of the key data at the 'P' position, relative to one (e.g. KEY=1,3 means position 1 length 3). Since IDCAMS and VSAM do not support non-contiguous keys directly, the AIX must be defined as 'NOUPGRADE', and the key specified need only have a length great enough to contain the total length of key segments specified.

Duplicate Key Processing

AIX records may be made 'unique' by use of the UNIQUE=YES operand. This is achieved by appending a four byte key suffix to each AIX key. The suffix is a sequential binary number that thereby makes each key unique. The defined size of the AIX key must therefore be four bytes larger to accommodate the suffix, and it must be defined as NOUPGRADE. If UNIQUE=A is specified and the AIX is defined as UNIQUE, then duplicate keys are dropped. The default,

UNIQUE=NO, results in no tailoring of the keys.

Besides specification of the UNIQUE operand on the FUNCTION=BUILDAIX command statement, it may also be specified in conjunction with

PARTIAL=SELECT operand. When specified on the FUNCTION=BUILDAIX control statement, UNIQUE then applies to each of the AIX's created by that statement. When specified with PARTIAL=SELECT control data, then each AIX can have its own 'UNIQUE=' keyword, allowing for instance, the default to be

'UNIQUE=YES' with some being 'UNIQUE=NO' or 'UNIQUE=A'. When specified as part of PARTIAL=SELECT data, it has the following format:

Bytes 0-1

Bytes 2-7

A two digit number indicating the AIX being selected. If blank,

01 is default.

UNIQUE=YES|NO|A

Page 148 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

Operand

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX

ABUFF=nnn

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Operand Summary

Required?

AFILE=nn|filename

Yes

AUTO=YES|ROTATE

BLOCKSIZE=n

BUFFERSPACE=n|1|N

CDATA=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N

CFACTOR=n|0

CNSIZE=datacisize/idxcisize|N

CP=NO|YES

CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N

DATE=yyddd|+n|0

DELETE=pppphh

EOF=S

FAST=YES|NO

FD=C|D|M|N|R

FIND=filename|’file-id’

FREESPACE=cifreespace/cafreespace|N

GR=nnn

HIKEY=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’

IDCAMS=PRINT

LABEL=NO

LOWKEY=lowkey|’lowestkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

MRECORDS=n

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PARTIAL=SELECT

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RFILENAME=filename

RP=YES|NO

RVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

RWORD=filepassword

SFILENAME=filename

Note 1

Note 2

Yes

Global?

Yes

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 149

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Operand

SKIP=nnn

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Operand Summary

Required?

SOPTION=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N

SWORD=filepassword

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3

TI=SYSnnn

TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

UNIQUE=YES|NO|A

UPSI=012345678

VARIABLE=YES

VBUFF=n

VCOMPRESS=YES

VRTYPE=E|K|R|N|S|P

VSTYPE=E|K|R|N|S|P

VUSE=CA|IG|NU|SA|OP

WAIT=n

WORK=n[/n]

WR=catalogwritepassword

WS=catalogreadpassword

XL=YES|NO

Note 3

Note 1: FIND= is required if the input was created by the VSAM Logical Save feature, Logical Volume Save feature, Save Current command or if it is a backup tape created by another backup software product.

Note 2: SFILENAME= is required for save and copy processing. RFILENAME= is required for restore and copy processing.

Note 3: VARIABLE= is required when input file is variable length.

FUnction=BUildaix

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: FU=BU

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 150 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

ABuf=nnn

Use this operand to specify the buffer size. The value coded is a 1 to 3-digit buffer size specified in thousands (K) (e.g. abuf=20 = 20K).

Abbreviation: AB=nnn

AFile=nn|filename

Use this operand to specify the either the filename identifying the Job Control

DLBL statement of the AIX or the number of AIX files to be created. If the value is a 1 – 2 digit numeric, it is assumed to be the number of AIX files to be created, otherwise it is assumed to be a specific Job Control DLBL filename.

Abbreviation: AF=nnn|filename

AUto=YEs|ROtate

Use this operand to control the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature.

Value Action

YES

ROTATE

Invoke automatic file definition as necessary (default).

Abbreviation: AU=YE| RO

BLocksize=n

Specify a 5-digit value from 16000 through 65496 to indicate the largest physical block length on the tape dataset. The value specified may be other than the installation default value but must never be less than the largest data block saved plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save or restore operations only.

Abbreviation: BL=n

BUfferspace=n|1|N

Use this operand to override the bufferspace value for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

If a value greater than 256 is specified, that value is used as the bufferspace for each file.

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 151

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

If a value of 2-256 is specified, the existing bufferspace is multiplied by that value.

If a value of 1 is specified, no bufferspace will be specified when a define is accomplished for this file.

This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: BU=n|1|N

CData=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N

Use this operand to override the data allocation classes for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: CD=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N

CFactor=n|0

Use this operand to change the data component space occupied for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. The value specified is a percentage change. A value of 110 would increase the allocation by 10%; a value of 90 would decrease the allocation by 10%. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of zero is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: CF=n

CNsize=datacisize/idxcisize|N

Use this operand to override the CISIZE(s) for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: CN=datacisize/indexcisize|N

CP=NO|YEs

Specify YES to cause Dr.D data compression to be in effect, which typically reduces tape usage and channel access time. Once a value has been set by this

Page 152 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE operand, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. CP=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. When saving to a tape device that has hardware compression invoked (such as 3480/3490 IDRC devices), CP=NO should be specified to avoid double compression and potential loss of through-put.

Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE

CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N

Use this operand to override the index allocation classes for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N

DAte=yyddd|+n|0

Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being defined by the Dr.D

Automatic Definition feature. Use yyddd to specify an absolute julian date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99=19yy) Use +n to specify a date relative to the current IPL date. Specify 0 to cause no ‘TO’ date to be generated for the VSAM file definition. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n|0

DElete=pppphh

Use this operand to cause records containing a specific single character in a specific record position to be bypassed during the restore or copy function. pppp is a 4-digit decimal number (relative to 1 with leading zeros specified and less than 4097) denoting the position in a record where the single character is located

(if used with variable-length records, this position must be in the leading fixed portion of the record). hh is the hexadecimal value of the single character code.

This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore or copy operations only.

Abbreviation: DE=pppphh

EOf=S

Specify S to cause Dr.D to continue copying only until a software EOF is found, without regard to the input file’s high used RBA (relative byte address). This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save or copy operations only.

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 153

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: EO=S

FAst=YEs|NO

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to invoke physical IOCS rather than the slower logical

IOCS when saving, restoring or copying VSAM files. The output file is identical regardless of the setting of this operand. FAST=YES is the default shipped with

Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: FA=YE|NO

FD=C|D|M|N|R

Use this operand in conjunction with AUTO=YES|ROTATE to identify the condition under which file definition should be accomplished. FD=R is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Value Action

The file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation increased so the restored file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary size allocation.

The file is deleted and redefined.

The file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation recomputed based on the high-used RBA of the so the restored file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary size allocation.

The file is deleted and redefined unless it is empty or defined as reusable.

The existing definition is to be reset if the file exists (even if not defined as reusable). Otherwise, the file is defined.

This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: FD=C|D|M|N|R

FInd=filename|’file-id’

Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct input dataset. You may specify either the 1-7 character filename matching the “DD

NAME” field associated with the dataset on the save file or the full file-id enclosed in single quotes. If this operand is not specified, Dr.D does not reposition the save file and the next saved file will be used as the input dataset.

This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore operations only.

Abbreviation: FI=filename|’file-id’

Page 154 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FReespace=cifreespace/cafreespace|N

Use this operand to override the freespace specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: FR=cifreespace/cafreespace

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

HIghkey=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’

Use this operand is used to select records by the data contained in the key. This operand specifies the highest key to be selected. If the key contains spaces, enclose it in single quotes ('). If you wish to enter the key in hexadecimal, enter it as HI=X'......'. The key must be entered as a contiguous string and be totally contained on one Dr.D control statement. Only the significant portion of the key, starting in key position 1, need be coded. This operand also works in conjunction with the LOWKEY= operand to select all records matching the specified keys and all records in between or only a specific key when LO= and HI= reflect the same key. If HI= is used by itself, it will select all records from the beginning of the file up to and including the specified key. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: HI=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’

IDcams=PRint

Use this operand in conjunction with the PRINT operand to cause printing of

Dr.D Automatic Definition feature IDCAMS DELETE and DEFINE commands and their corresponding results. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: ID=PR

LAbel=NO

Specifies creation of an unlabeled output tape (when used in conjunction with save operations) or the use of an unlabeled tape as input (when used in conjunction with restore operations).

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 155

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LOwkey=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’

Use this operand to select records by the data contained in the key. This operand specifies the lowest or only key to be selected. If the key contains spaces, enclose it in single quotes ('). If you wish to enter the key in hexadecimal, enter it as

LO=X'......'. The key must be entered as a contiguous string and be totally contained on one Dr.D control statement. Only the significant portion of the key, starting in key position 1, need be coded. This operand also works in conjunction with the HIGHKEY= operand to select all records matching the specified keys and all records in between or only a specific key when LO= and HI= reflect the same key. If LO= is used by itself, it will select records starting with the specified key and continue to end of file. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: LO=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

MRecords=n

Specify this operand with a value in the range of 0-99999999 to limit the number of logical records saved, restored or copied. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: MR=n

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PArtial=SElect

PARTIAL=SELECT indicates that one or more statements follow for AIX record selection (SELECT statements), building non-contiguous keys (KEY statement)

and/or UNIQUE statements follow. For additional information, refer to “Build

AIX Record Selection” on page 146, “Building Non-Contiguous Key AIX’s” on

page 146 and “Duplicate Key Processing “ on page 146.

Page 156 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

An additional statement is required to selector statements. As with terminating

control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement may be used. For

clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the

/@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the /* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.

Abbreviation: PA=SE

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the VSAM file to be restored or the output file from a copy. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.

This operand is required when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: RF=filename

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

RVolid=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Use this operand to override the VOLUME specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. Specify up to 30 volsers

(of those assigned to the VSAM catalog where the output file will be created) enclosed in parentheses. If a value of NO is specified, the file definitions will exclude any data or index volume specification. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 157

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: RV=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

RWord=filepassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character password of the VSAM file being restored or copied to. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: RW=filepassword

SFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be saved or copied. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.

This operand is required when building AIX’s in conjunction with save and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: SF=filename

SKip=nnn

Three digit decimal number (leading zeros required) used to skip over nnn number of files before starting the actual restore function. Do not use in conjunction with the 'BLOCKSIZE' operand. Instead, set the blocksize on a preceding RESTORE=NOPERATION. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore operations only.

Abbreviation: SK=nnn

SOption=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N

Use this operand to override the share option specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. The share options are entered as 2 single digit pairs, where the first digit specifies how the component is shared within a single VSE system and the second digit specifies how the component is shared across multiple VSE systems. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: SO=datashareoptions/indexshareoptions|N

SWord=filepassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character file read password of the file being saved only if it has a read password defined. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: SW=filepassword

Page 158 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

Value Action

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw

RUn

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input or output dataset(s). TAPEIN/TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If

DASD is used as input or output, then TAPEIN or TAPEOUT must be specified.

Multiple filenames may be entered by separating them with the '/' character. The first filename specified applies to the primary file (default=TAPEIN/TAPEOUT).

The second filename applies to the second output file (default=TAPETWO) and the third filename applies to the third output file (default=TAPE003). All three names can be specified, for instance, TD=TAPEOUT/TAPETWO/TAPE003, or any combination as long as the '/' is present. TD=//TAPEXXX for instance would specify the name for the third tape while TD=/TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape. If the TD= operand is used to specify the name for either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as

TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.

Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3

TI=SYSnnn

Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEIN tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore operations only.

Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn

TO=SYSnnn

Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPEOUT tape dataset. TO=SYS007 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save operations only.

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 159

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPETWO tape dataset. TT=SYS006 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save operations only.

Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPE003 tape dataset. TI=SYS005 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save operations only.

Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn

UNique=YEs|NO|A

This operand allows tailoring of the AIX key during a BUILDAIX function. The default value, NO, will not modify the AIX key. When YES is specified, a four byte binary sequential number is to be appended to each AIX key generated to insure that each key is unique. When A is specified, duplicate keys will be dropped if the AIX is defined as UNIQUE.

Abbreviation: UN=YE|NO|A

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

VAriable=YEs

Specification of VARIABLE=YES is required if the file contains variable length records. Specification of VARIABLE=YES for files containing fixed length records will cause no harm when creating Dr.D save tapes or when copying files.

VARIABLE=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: VA=YE

Page 160 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

VBuff=n

VB=100 sets the buffer space used by Dr.D to 100,000. This operand will default to 3 times the default or specified tape blocksize value (see BLOCKSIZE operand).

BUFFERSPACE operand).

Abbreviation: VB=n

VCompress=YEs

Use this operand to have the compressed attribute specified for each qualifying

VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition feature. Dr.D

accomplishes qualification for each file restored using the rules as delineated by

VSAM. This allows files to be restored into compressed format with no need to pre-qualify those files. The FD= operand should be used to assure that file redefinition is performed. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: VC=YE

VRtype=K|E|R|N|S|P

Under some systems, an open error message with error X’A0’ (160) may occur when restoring to a VSAM file. Although this error can be ignored without penalty, specify this operand to identify the type of target VSAM file to avoid the error message.

Value Action

K Indicates KSDS file.

Indicates ESDS file.

Indicates RRDS file.

Indicates non-CI format file.

Indicates VSAM SAM managed file.

Indicates PATH.

Abbreviation: VR=K|E|R|N|S|P

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 161

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

VStype=K|E|R|N|S|P

Under some systems, an open error message with error X’A0’ (160) may occur when saving or copying a VSAM file. Although this error can be ignored without penalty, specify this operand to identify the type of target VSAM file to avoid the error message.

Value Action

Indicates KSDS file.

Indicates ESDS file.

Indicates RRDS file.

Indicates non-CI format file.

Indicates VSAM SAM managed file.

Indicates PATH.

Abbreviation: VR=K|E|R|N|S|P

VUse=CAncel|IGnore|NUll|OPerator|SAve

Use this operand to specify the action to be taken when a VSAM file about to be saved is currently in use (i.e., open for update) by another task. VUSE=CANCEL is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save operations only.

Value Action

CANCEL

IGNORE

NULL

OPERATOR

Cancel the job.

Do not save the file.

Save the file as a null file.

SAVE

Issue message DOCTOR175 and wait for operator response

(allowed only with FAST=YES).

Save the file anyway knowing that the results are unpredictable and may cause the save or subsequent restore to fail (allowed only with FAST=YES - with FAST=NO, this value functions the same as VUSE=NULL).

Abbreviation: VU=CA|IG|NU|OP|SA

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with save and restore operations only.

Abbreviation: WA=n

Page 162 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

WOrk=n[/n]

This operand is used to specify the number of sort work files and their starting

SYSNO's for the VSAM AIX build function. The first one or two digits specify the number of work files to be used. If the starting SYSNO is specified, a '/' is coded next, followed by a one to three digit number in the range of 1-253. Example:

WORK=2/1 indicates that two sort work files are used with SYS001 and SYS002 assigned respectively.

Abbreviation: WO=n[/n]

WR=catalogwritepassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog write or higher password.

Abbreviation: WR=catalogwritepassword

WS=catalogreadpassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog read password.

Abbreviation: WS=catalogreadpassword

XL=YEs|NO

For VSAM restore, this operand specifies whether KSDS files are to be defined with the 'EXTRALARGEDATASET' attribute. If 'NO' is specified, then the attribute is suppressed even if it was present in the saved file. This operand is effective only if an IDCAMS define is initiated- use the FD operand to force delete/define in case the file exists in the receiving catalog. This operand is used when building AIX’s in conjunction with restore and copy operations only.

Abbreviation: XL=YE|NO

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 163

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Define alternate index and associated path

// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM

// EXEC IDCAMS, SIZE=AUTO

DEFINE AIX ( -

NAME(DATA.MASTER.AIX) -

RELATE(DATA.MASTER.BASE) -

BLOCKS(1000 1000) -

KEYS(14 7) -

RECORDSIZE(10 2048) -

NONUNIQUEKEY -

DATA (NAME(DATA.MASTER.AIX.D)))

DEFINE PATH ( -

NAME(DATA.MASTER.AIX.PATH))

Example: Build alternate index during save of base cluster

This example builds a single alternate index (AIX0101) during the save of the base cluster (BASE). A sort work file (SORTWK1) is required and may need to be assigned to SYS010 (Dr.D defaults SYS010 to the sort, but the number of sort work files and the SYSNOs used can be varied by use of the WORK operand as shown in this example).

// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX',,VSAM

// DLBL BASE,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'DATA.MASTER.BASE'

// ASSGN SYS007,280 (output tape)

// DLBL SORTWK1,,0

// EXTENT SYS001,WORK01......

// ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR

// DLBL SORTWK2,,0

// EXTENT SYS002,WORK02......

// ASSGN SYS002,DISK,VOL=WORK02,SHR

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE,AF=1,VA=YES,AB=200,WORK=2/1

Page 164 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Build alternate index during dummy save of base cluster

This example illustrates how to build an alternate index by just reading the base cluster. The output tape is assigned to ignore to indicate to Dr.D that this a dummy save.

// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX',,VSAM

// DLBL BASE,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM

// ASSGN SYS007,IGN (output tape)

// DLBL SORTWK1,,0

// EXTENT SYS010,WORK01......

// ASSGN SYS010,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE,AF=1,VA=YES,AB=200

Example: Build alternate index during restore of base cluster

This example builds an alternate index (AIX0101) during the restore of the base cluster (BASE).

// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX',,VSAM

// DLBL BASE,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM

// TLBL TAPEIN,'DATA.MASTER.BASE'

// ASSGN SYS008,280 (input tape)

// DLBL SORTWK1,,0

// EXTENT SYS010,WORK01.....

// ASSGN SYS010,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,RF=BASE,AF=1,VA=YES,AB=500

Example: Build alternate index during copy of base cluster

This example builds an alternate index (AIX0101) during the copy of the base cluster (BASEIN).

// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX',,VSAM

// DLBL BASEIN,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM

// DLBL BASEOUT,'DATA.MASTER.BASE.SAVE',,VSAM

// DLBL SORTWK1,,0

// EXTENT SYS010,WORK01........

// ASSGN SYS010,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASEIN,RF=BASEOUT,AF=1,VA=YES,AB=500

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 165

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Build multiple alternate indexes during restore

The number of alternate indexes to be built is specified via the AF operand

('AF=3').

// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.ONE',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0102,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.TWO',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0103,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.THREE',,VSAM

// DLBL BASE,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM

// TLBL TAPEIN,'DATA.MASTER.BASE'

// ASSGN SYS008,280 (input tape)

// DLBL SORTWK1,,0

// EXTENT SYS010,WORK01......

// ASSGN,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,RF=BASE,AF=3,VA=YES,AB=500

Example: Build multiple alternate indexes via multiple builds

In this example AIX0101 and AIX0102 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE1. AIX0201 and AIX0202 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE2.

// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.ONE',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0102,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.TWO',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0201,'EMP.MASTER.AIX.ONE',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0202,'EMP.MASTER.AIX.TWO',,VSAM

// DLBL BASE1,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM

// DLBL BASE2,'EMP.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'MASTER.BACKUP'

// ASSGN SYS007,280 (output tape)

// DLBL SORTWK1,,0

// EXTENT SYS010,WORK01.....

// ASSGN SYS010,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE1,AF=2,VA=YES,AB=200

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE2,AF=2,VA=YES,AB=200

Page 166 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Build multiple alternate indexes via multiple builds and using record selection

In this example AIX0101 and AIX0102 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE1 using record selection. AIX0201 and AIX0202 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE2 using record selection.

// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.ONE',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0102,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.TWO',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0201,'EMP.MASTER.AIX.ONE',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0202,'EMP.MASTER.AIX.TWO',,VSAM

// DLBL BASE1,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM

// DLBL BASE2,'EMP.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'MASTER.BACKUP'

// ASSGN SYS007,280 (output tape)

// DLBL SORTWK1,,0

// EXTENT SYS010,WORK01.....

// ASSGN SYS010,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE1,AF=2,VA=YES,AB=200,PA=SE

01 SELECT C2 = ' '

02 SELECT C2 < 00400

/@ TERMINATES SELECTION

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE2,AF=2,VA=YES,AB=200,UNIQUE=YES,PA=SE

02 SELECT C2 = A

/@ TERMINATES SELECTION

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Page 167

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Build multiple alternate indexes with non-contiguous key via multiple builds

In this example AIX0101 and AIX0102 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE1 using record selection. When building AIX0101, there will be no modification for duplicate keys but, when building AIX0102, Dr.D will add a 4 byte sequence number to each key to make them all unique (02 UNIQUE=YES statement).

AIX0201 and AIX0202 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE2 using record selection. When building AIX0201, there will be a 4 byte sequence number added to each key to make them all unique (UNIQUE=YES operand on the

FUNCTION= control statement). When building AIX0202, there will be no modification for duplicate keys (02 UNIQUE=NO statement).

// DLBL IJSYSUC,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0101,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.ONE',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0102,'DATA.MASTER.AIX.TWO',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0201,'EMP.MASTER.AIX.ONE',,VSAM

// DLBL AIX0202,'EMP.MASTER.AIX.TWO',,VSAM

// DLBL BASE1,'DATA.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM

// DLBL BASE2,'EMP.MASTER.BASE',,VSAM

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'MASTER.BACKUP'

// ASSGN SYS007,280 (output tape)

// DLBL SORTWK1,,0

// EXTENT SYS010,WORK01.....

// ASSGN SYS010,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=1400K

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE1,AF=2,VA=YES,AB=200,PA=SE

01 KEY=1,4,100,10,150,5

02 UNIQUE=YES

/@ TERMINATES SELECTION

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX,SF=BASE2,AF=2,VA=YES,AB=200,UNIQUE=YES,PA=SE

02 KEY=10,2,1,3,25,6

02 UNIQUE=NO

/@ TERMINATES SELECTION

Page 168 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=CTAPE

Dr.D can copy tapes in two different modes. The first copies at the logical tape file level, with an open and close for each input and output tape. The second copies in 'image' mode. In image mode, Dr.D does not open or close tapes, and it expects each input tape to fit within the limits of its corresponding output tape.

In either mode, tape blocks can be modified by supplying pairs of scan and replace control cards in conjunction with the MODIFY=YES operand.

Dr.D Logical Tape Copy Feature

The logical tape copy function allows single or multi-volume tapes to be copied, and, if desired, reblocked in the process. Normal Dr.D tape commands are used to REWIND/UNLOAD tapes, and stacked (multi-file) tapes may be processed since tapes are normally opened and closed with NO REWIND.

Dr.D Image Mode Tape Copy Feature

The image mode tape copy makes an exact copy of input tapes including any

VOL, header or trailer labels. Since the tapes are not opened, the DOCTOR610 warning message is issued before the first copy. This warning message requires operator verification for input and output tape drives. The user should be aware that the VOL label is copied exactly resulting in more than one tape with the same volume serial number and be aware of possible problems if a tape management system is in use. This copy method copies data and tapemarks until: 1) the EOT reflector is sensed on input or output or 2) a tape error occurs on the input tape. If end of output occurs, the operator will be asked whether to treat as end of input or to continue on another tape. If end of input (or tape error) occurs, it is treated as end of copy. Image mode tape copy requires the

FORMAT=IMAGE operand.

FUNCTION=CTAPE Page 169

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

FUNCTION=CTAPE

FUNCTION=CTAPE Operand Summary

Operand Required?

Yes

FORMAT=IMAGE

GR=nnn

LABEL=NO

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

LBLOCKSIZE=n

LRECSIZE=n

MODIFY=YES

NRECDS=n

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

UPSI=012345678

FUnction=CTape

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: FU=CT

FOrmat=IMage

Use this operand to perform the tape copy in Image Mode.

Abbreviation: FO=IM

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LAbel=NO

Used to read and write unlabeled tapes.

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 170 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LBlocksize=n

Specify this operand to reblock variable length records during a Logical Tape

Copy.

Abbreviation: LB=n

LRecsize=n

Specify this operand in conjunction with the NRECDS=n operand to reblock fixed length records during a Logical Tape Copy. This operand identifies the length of each logical record.

Abbreviation: LR=n

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

MOdify=YEs

MODIFY=YES is used to indicate that tape blocks are to be modified during the tape copy function. If specified, pairs of modifier control statements are entered after the FUNCTION=CTAPE.

The first statement of each pair specifies a search argument. If specified in character format, it must be preceded by a ‘C’ and the character string must be enclosed in single quotes. If specified in hex format, it must be preceded by a ‘X’ and the hex search string must be enclosed in single quotes.

The second statement of each pair specifies the replacement value. If specified in character format, it must be preceded by a ‘C’ and the replacement character string must be enclosed in single quotes. If specified in hex format, it must be preceded by a ‘X’ and the hex replacement string must be enclosed in single quotes.

Dr.D will scan the data in each tape block for the search argument and will replace all occurrences of it with the replacement value. Multiple pairs of search/replacement statements may be used to modify multiple fields. An example of MODIFY=YES follows in the Examples section.

Abbreviation: MO=YE

NRecds=n

Specify this operand in conjunction with the LRECSIZE=n operand to reblock fixed length records during a Logical Tape Copy. This operand identifies the

FUNCTION=CTAPE Page 171

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE maximum number of logical records blocked into a physical record when creating the output tape(s). For example, if the input user data file contains 80byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as NR=10.

Abbreviation: NR=n

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

Page 172 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Tape copy without reblock

This example copies the first file from the input tape to the output tape.

// ASSGN SYS007,181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE

// ASSGN SYS008,180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE

// TLBL TAPEIN,’INPUT.TAPE’

// TLBL TAPEOUT,’OUTPUT.TAPE’

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=CTAPE

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD INPUT TAPE

SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD OUTPUT TAPE

Example: Tape copy creating two output tapes

This example copies the first file from the input tape to two output tapes.

// ASSGN SYS006,182 SECOND OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE

// ASSGN SYS007,181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE

// ASSGN SYS008,180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE

// TLBL TAPEIN,’INPUT.TAPE’

// TLBL TAPEOUT,’OUTPUT.TAPE’

// TLBL TAPETWO,’OUTPUT.TAPE.TWO’

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=CTAPE,UPSI=0001

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD INPUT TAPE

SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD OUTPUT TAPES

Example: Tape copy - fix blocked files with reblock

This example copies the first file from a fixed length record input tape to the output tape. When the output tape is created, it will have a blocksize of 8000

(LR=80 blocked by NR=100).

// ASSGN SYS007,181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE

// ASSGN SYS008,180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE

// TLBL TAPEIN,’INPUT.TAPE’

// TLBL TAPEOUT,’OUTPUT.TAPE’

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=CTAPE,LR=80,NR=100

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD INPUT TAPE

SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD OUTPUT TAPE

FUNCTION=CTAPE Page 173

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Tape copy - variable blocked files with reblock

This example copies the first file from a variable length record input tape to the output tape. When the output tape is created, it will have a blocksize of 8000.

// ASSGN SYS007,181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE

// ASSGN SYS008,180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE

// TLBL TAPEIN,’INPUT.TAPE’

// TLBL TAPEOUT,’OUTPUT.TAPE’

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=CTAPE,LB=8000

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD INPUT TAPE

SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN UNLOAD OUTPUT TAPE

Example: Image tape copy

This example copies all files including VOL, header, trailer and tapemarks from the input tape to the output tape.

// ASSGN SYS007,181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE

// ASSGN SYS008,180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=CTAPE,FORMAT=IMAGE

Example: Image tape copy - dual output

This example copies all files including VOL, header, trailer and tapemarks from the input tape to two output tapes.

// ASSGN SYS006,182 SECOND OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE

// ASSGN SYS007,181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE

// ASSGN SYS008,180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=CTAPE,UPSI=0001,FORMAT=IMAGE

Page 174 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Tape copy with modification

This example copies the first file from the input tape to the output tape. During the copy operation, any data with the character string ‘OLD DATA’ will be changed to the character string ‘NEW DATA’ and any data with the hexadecimal string ‘05060708’ will be changed to the hexadecimal string ‘AABCDEFF’.

// ASSGN SYS007,181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE

// ASSGN SYS008,180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=CTAPE,MODIFY=YES search--> C'OLD DATA' replace-> C'NEW DATA' search--> X'05060708' replace-> X'AABCDEFF'

FUNCTION=CTAPE Page 175

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=DELETE

The Dr.D Delete function may be used to delete or reset VSAM files, delete non-

VSAM files or delete VSAM data spaces.

Warning: VSAM files cannot be processed via the same control statement as non-

VSAM files and VSAM data spaces. Non-VSAM files and VSAM data spaces may be processed via the same control statement. If both RVOLID and SCAT operands are coded on the same control statement, the RVOLID operand is ignored.

Deleting VSAM Files

Only the VSAM catalog need be identified by the SCAT operand. The default is to select all files. This may be changed to select only specific files based upon date or times (EXPIRED and TSTAMP operands) , by residence volume

(SVOLID) or by PARTIAL= selection/rejection operands (see Logical

Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for a description of all

selection/rejection statements). To determine the file(s) being selected without performing a delete or reset, use the operand FD=T. To actually perform a delete operation, use the operand FD=D. To perform a reset operation, use FD=R.

Deleting non-VSAM Files

The RVOLID operand is used to determine which volume(s) or disk pool to be searched when deleting files. The default is to select all files. This may be changed to select only specific files based upon date (EXPIRED operands) or by

PARTIAL selection/rejection operands (see Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename

Process on page 25 for a description of all selection/rejection statements). To

determine the file(s) being selected without performing a delete, use the operand

FD=T.

To prevent the accidental deletion of files, no file is deleted unless the PARTIAL operand is specified. If the PARTIAL operand is not specified, the only action taken is the listing of the files that would be deleted (FD=T is forced). To actually perform a delete operation, use the operand FD=D along with the PARTIAL operand.

Deleting VSAM Data Spaces

The deletion of VSAM data spaces may be performed in the same logical operation as the deletion of non-VSAM files. Its operation follows the same rules as apply to non-VSAM file deletion with the exception the operands

FSECURED=YES and VSAM=YES must be specified.

Page 176 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

Operand

FD=D|R|T

GR=nnn

RP=YES|NO

VSAM=YES

FUNCTION=DELETE Operand Summary

Required?

FUNCTION=DELETE

EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]

FSECURED=YES

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT

RVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

SCAT=filename

SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

WR=catalogpassword

Yes

Note 1

Note 1: When deleting VSAM files, the SCAT operand is required. When deleting non-VSAM files or VSAM data space, the RVOLID operand is required.

If both RVOLID and SCAT operands are coded on the same control statement, the RVOLID operand is ignored.

FUnction=DElete

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: FU=DE

EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]

This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.

Value Action

O+n

Select all files regardless of expiration date.

Select only unexpired files.

Select only expired files.

Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

Global?

Yes

FUNCTION=DELETE Page 177

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Value

O-n

yyddd

Action

yyddd+n yyddd-n

Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) .

Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n

FD=D|R|T

This operand indicates whether Dr.D should actually delete/reset the files that qualify or just list the files that qualify.

Value Action

Delete all qualified files.

Reset all qualified files. (Valid for VSAM files only)

T Do not delete any qualified file, simply list them. This is the default when deleting VSAM files and when the PARTIAL operand is not used when deleting non-VSAM files and VSAM data spaces. If

PARTIAL is specified with non-VSAM files or VSAM data spaces,

FD=D is the default.

This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: FD=D|R|T

FSecured=NO|YEs

This operand determines if data secured files should be deleted. If NO, the default, is specified, an operating system message may be issued as each secured file is selected, respond with 'YES' to proceed. If YES is specified, the data secured files are automatically deleted without operator intervention. When deleting VSAM data spaces, specify FSECURED=YES,VSAM=YES on the control statement.

This operand is valid for non-VSAM files and VSAM data spaces only.

Abbreviation: FS=NO|YE

GR=nnn

Page 178 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PArtial=SElect|REject

Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.

The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be deleted. For

additional information, see “Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process” on page 25.

Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

RVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Use this operand to specify the volser(s) of the volume(s) to be searched when looking for files to be deleted. Up to 30 volsers may be specified (use parens to enclose the volsers when specifying more than 1). This operand may also specify a Dr.D, BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC disk poolid.

This operand is valid for non-VSAM files and VSAM data spaces only.

FUNCTION=DELETE Page 179

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

SCat=filename

Specify this operand to identify the filename of the VSAM catalog containing the file(s) to be deleted/reset. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the initial control statement.

This operand is valid for VSAM files only.

Abbreviation: SC=filename

SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Specify this operand to limit selection to only those files that fully or partially reside on any of the listed volumes. Up to 30 volsers may be entered enclosed in parentheses.

This operand is valid for VSAM files only.

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

Specify this operand to cause selection of files based on their time stamp. The entire time stamp value may be prefixed by either a ‘<’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps prior to the specified value) or ‘>’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps equal to or after the specified value). Omission of either a ‘<’ or ‘>’ indicates that the time stamp date must exactly match the file’s time stamp date and any time of day value will be ignored.

Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day

2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.

The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.

TS=-0

TS=>-1.1200

TS=>-6

TS=01100

TS=>01100.1450

TS=<01100 select if stamped today select if stamped after yesterday at 12 noon select if stamped in the last seven days select if stamped on the 100th day of 2001 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 2001/100 select if stamped before 2001/100

Page 180 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

TS=99100

TS=>99100.1450

TS=<99100 select if stamped on the 100th day of 1999 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 1999/100 select if stamped before 1999/100

This operand is valid for VSAM files only.

Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

VSam=YEs

Use this operand to select or reject VSAM VTOC entries for deletion. The default is to bypass VSAM entries. If VSAM=YES is specified, also specify

FSECURED=YES.

This operand is valid for VSAM data spaces only.

Abbreviation: VS=YE

WR=catalogwritepassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character catalog write or higher password.

This operand is valid for VSAM files only.

Abbreviation: WR=catalogwritepassword

FUNCTION=DELETE Page 181

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

Examples

Example: List all VSAM files for delete/reset

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=DELETE,SCAT=UCAT1,FD=T

Example: List selected VSAM files for delete/reset

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=DELETE,SCAT=IJSYSCT,FD=T,PARTIAL=SELECT

PAYROLL*

Example: Reset VSAM files associated with a particular disk volume

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=DELETE,SCAT=IJSYSCT,SVOLID=CKD001,FD=R

Example: Delete all VSAM files in a usercatalog

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=DELETE,SCAT=UCAT1,FD=D

Example: Delete selected VSAM files in a usercatalog

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=DELETE,SCAT=IJSYSCT,FD=D,PARTIAL=SELECT

PAYROLL*

USERS GUIDE

Page 182 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: List selected non-VSAM files for delete

The following example produces a list of files on DISK01 which will be candidates for deletion if the dataset name begins with the characters

'PAYROLL'.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=DELETE,RVOLID=DISK01,FD=T,PARTIAL=SELECT

PAYROLL*

Example: Delete selected non-VSAM files

The following example deletes all on DISK01 if the dataset name begins with the characters 'PAYROLL'.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=DELETE,RVOLID=DISK01,FD=D,PARTIAL=SELECT

PAYROLL*

Example: Delete VSAM data space

The following example deletes any VSAM data space on DISK01.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=DELETE,RVOLID=DISK01,FD=D,FSECURED=YES,VSAM=YES,PARTIAL=SELECT

Z9999992.*

Example: Delete all non-VSAM files and VSAM data space

The following example deletes all non-VSAM files and VSAM data spaces on

DISK01. Any VSAM master catalogs or user catalogs on DISK01 will not be deleted. Please note that when using the REVERSE feature in conjunction with the delete, all files will be deleted, except for the ones that have @REVERSE@ beside it. Also please note that reversal cards must precede other selectors.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=DELETE,RVOLID=DISK01,FD=D,FSECURED=YES,VSAM=YES,PARTIAL=SELECT

Z9999994.* @REVERSE@

Z9999996.* @REVERSE@

FUNCTION=DELETE Page 183

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Delete only expired VSAM files

The following example deletes all expired VSAM clusters in the UCAT1 usercatalog.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=DELETE,SCAT=IJSYSCT,FD=D,EX=O

Example: Delete only expired non-VSAM files

The following example deletes all expired non-VSAM files on 3 volumes.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=DELETE,RVOLID=(PACK01,PACK02,PACK03),FD=D,EX=O,PARTIAL=SELECT

Page 184 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=DFIX

This function sets the expiration date of selected files to be set to 2099/366 so that the files will be considered permanent by the operating system. The RVOLID operand is used to determine which volume(s) or disk pool to be searched when changing expiration dates of files. The default is to select all files. This may be changed to select only specific files based upon date (EXPIRED operand) or by

PARTIAL selection/rejection operands (see Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename

Process on page 25 for a description of all selection/rejection statements).

Control Statement Operands

Operand

FUNCTION=DFIX Operand Summary

Required?

FUNCTION=DFIX

EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]

Yes

FSECURED=YES

GR=nnn

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT

RP=YES|NO

RVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

VSAM=YES

Yes

Global?

Yes

FUnction=DFix

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: FU=DF

EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]

This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.

Value

Action

Select all files regardless of expiration date.

O+n

O-n

Select only unexpired files.

Select only expired files.

Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

FUNCTION=DFIX Page 185

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Value

yyddd yyddd+n yyddd-n

Action

Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) .

Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n

FSecured=NO|YEs

This operand determines if data secured files should be updated. If NO, the default, is specified, an operating system message may be issued as each secured file is selected, respond with 'YES' to proceed. If YES is specified, the data secured files are updated without operator intervention.

Abbreviation: FS=NO|YE

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Page 186 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PArtial=SElect|REject

Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.

The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) whose expiration dates

are to be updated. For additional information, see “Logical

Selection/Rejection/Rename Process” on page 25.

Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

RVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Use this operand to specify the volser(s) of the volume(s) to be searched when looking for files to be updated. Up to 30 volsers may be specified (use parens to enclose the volsers when specifying more than 1). This operand may also specify a Dr.D, BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC disk poolid.

Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

VSam=YEs

Use this operand to select or reject VSAM VTOC entries for updating. The default is to bypass VSAM entries. If VSAM=YES is specified, also specify

FSECURED=YES.

Abbreviation: VS=YE

FUNCTION=DFIX Page 187

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Update the expiration date of all files in a pool of disks

The following example updates the expiration date of all files in the VTOCs of the disks in a disk manager pool defined by the POOL-ID POOL01. Any file having an expiration date greater than 99/364 has its expiration set to 2099/366

(permanent non-expiring).

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=DFIX,RV=POOL01,FSECURED=YES,VSAM=YES

Example: Update the expiration date of selected files

The following example updates the expiration date of all files in the VTOCs of the disks DISK01 and DISK02, having file ids starting with 'PAYROLL'.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=DFIX,RV=(DISK01,DISK02),PARTIAL=SELECT

PAYROLL*

Page 188 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=LCAT

The LCAT (List Catalog) command provides a compact yet comprehensive report of the files (files, paths, alternate indices, etc.) in a specified VSAM user or master catalog. Only the VSAM catalog need be identified by the SCAT operand.

The default is to select all files. This may be changed to select only specific files based upon dates or times (EXPIRED and TSTAMP operands), by residence volume (SVOLID) or by PARTIAL= selection/rejection operands (refer to Logical

Selection/Rejection/Rename Process).

The contents of the report is tailored using the FORMAT operand.

A space map and gap map report follows the listing of files showing how much space is allocated and available on each disk assigned to the specified catalog.

Control Statement Operands

Operand

FUNCTION=LCAT Operand Summary

Required?

FUNCTION=LCAT

EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]

FORMAT=A|M|N|n

Yes

GR=nnn

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT

RP=YES|NO

SCAT=filename

SPACE=n

SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

WS=catalogreadpassword

Yes

Global?

Yes

FUnction=LCat

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: FU=LC

FUNCTION=LCAT Page 189

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]

This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.

Value

Action

Select all files regardless of expiration date.

O+n

O-n

yyddd

Select only unexpired files.

Select only expired files.

Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

yyddd+n yyddd-n

Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) .

Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n

FOrmat=A|M|N|n

Specify this operand to control the output for each individual file selected as follows:

Value Action

Maximum file information and only the first allocation is listed.

A single entry is listed which includes the file-id, file organization and file time-stamp only (no allocation information provided).

Maximum file information is listed (default).

Maximum file information is listed up to n maximum number of print lines allowed for each file (0-9). If specified as 0, no individual files are listed and only the count of the number of files selected is listed. If specified as 1-9, no more than that number of lines will be printed for any file selected.

This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: FO=A|B

Page 190 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PArtial=SElect|REject

Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.

The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be listed on the

report. For additional information, see “Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename

Process” on page 25.

Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

FUNCTION=LCAT Page 191

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SCat=filename

Specify this operand to identify the filename of the VSAM catalog containing the file(s) to be listed. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the initial control statement.

Abbreviation: S

C=filename

SPace=n

Use this operand to control spacing on the report. Specify a 1-digit number from

2 to 9 to denote the number of blank lines to be printed between files. The report normally prints one blank line between files.

Abbreviation: SP=n

SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Specify this operand to limit selection to only those files that fully or partially reside on any of the listed volumes. Up to 30 volsers may be entered enclosed in parentheses.

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day

2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.

The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.

TS=-0

TS=>-1.1200

TS=>-6

TS=01100

TS=>01100.1450

select if stamped today select if stamped after yesterday at 12 noon select if stamped in the last seven days select if stamped on the 100th day of 2001 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 2001/100

Page 192 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

TS=<01100

TS=99100

TS=>99100.1450

TS=<99100 select if stamped before 2001/100 select if stamped on the 100th day of 1999 select if stamped after 2:50 p.m. on 1999/100 select if stamped before 1999/100

Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

WS=catalogreadpassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog read password.

Abbreviation: WS=catalogreadpassword

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=LCAT Page 193

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

Examples

Example: List all files in a catalog

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LCAT,SCAT=IJSYSCT

Example: List files associated with a particular disk volume

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LCAT,SCAT=IJSYSCT,SVOLSID=CKD001

Example: List only selected files

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LCAT,SCAT=IJSYSCT,PARTIAL=SELECT

PAYROLL*

Example: List only the number of files, space map, and gap map

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LCAT,SCAT=IJSYSCT,FORMAT=0

Example: List only the space map and gap map

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LCAT,SCAT=IJSYSCT,PARTIAL=REJECT

Example: List only files with 5 or more CI splits

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LCAT,SCAT=IJSYSCT,PARTIAL=REJECT

CISPLIT=5

USERS GUIDE

Page 194 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

The Listcat Report

The Listcat report is for the most part self-explanatory, but some fields and codes may require further explanation:

Field

Date and Time Stamp

CISIZE

Allocations

Free Space

Extent Information

Further Explanation

The date and time-of-day displayed are the actual

Greenwich Mean Time values stored in the VSAM catalog and are not adjusted for any difference from local time. For example, local time for the western United States typically is Greenwich

Mean Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day 2000/105 and the

Dr.D Listcat report would show a date and time value of 2000/106 at 3:00am.

The first occurrence of CISIZE is always of the data component while the second, indicated by the suffix ‘I’, is of the index component.

Each allocation value is suffixed with a ‘T’ (for tracks) or a ‘B’ (for blocks) followed by the singledigit VSAM use class.

CI (control interval) and CA (control area) are shown as a whole number percentage. KBYTE is shown as thousands of bytes of free space available.

The data component extent(s) are listed first followed by the index component extent(s) and a relative extent number for each. Percentage used is shown once for the data component and once for the index component regardless of the number of extents occupied.

Space Map and Gap Map Report

The Space Map and Gap Map report following the Listcat report is a summary of the space owned by the catalog, showing extent location, size and available space by disk volume.

The disk volume gap map values, shown to the right of each disk volume entry, show how the available space is distributed on the disk volume and may be interpreted as a measure of space disorganization. Each entry is comprised of the number of free tracks/blocks followed by the letter ‘X’ followed by the number of occurrences that number of free tracks/blocks appear. For example,

2880X2 shows that two areas of 2880 tracks/blocks are available; 4800X1 shows that one area of 4800 tracks/blocks is available.

FUNCTION=LCAT Page 195

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=LDIR

The list directory function provides a compact (two-up format) directory listing of a VSE library. Members can be selected for listing by their library, sublibrary, type, specific or generic member name, and by the time stamp. A library recap is produced giving statistics by library, sublibrary, and member type.

The report format is mostly self-explanatory. Report headings show the 'time stamp' used to select the members for listing, the library file ID, the size of the library in blocks, and the number of free blocks and %. For each member, its date and time created and last changed (military time), its blocks used and contiguous, and its size are shown. For PHASE member type, the size is the size in bytes while for other types the size is the number of logical records used by the member. Two library recaps are produced (unless suppressed), one by sublibrary and another by overall library. Both recaps show by member type the number of members, number of blocks and % library share. And, finally, a library efficiency rating is listed to give an estimate of library disorganization on a scale of 1-100 with 100 indicating the highest efficiency and least disorganization. The FORMAT operand may is used to restrict which report will be generated.

Control Statement Operands

Operand

FUNCTION=LDIR Operand Summary

Required?

FUNCTION=LDIR

Yes

FORMAT=A|B

GR=nnn

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

MEMBER=SELECT|REJECT

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

RP=YES|NO

SFILENAME=filename

TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

Yes

Global?

Yes

FUnction=LDir

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: FU=LD

Page 196 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FOrmat=A|B

Specify this operand to control which report(s) are generated.

Value Action

Display member list report only.

Display library recap report only.

If this operand is omitted, both the member list and library recap reports will be produced. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: FO=A|B

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

MEmber=SElect|REject

(PARTIAL=SELECT) or rejected (PARTIAL=REJECT).

“to-sublib” name with a ‘&’ sign. All other selector statements, without the above mentioned prefixes, will be considered member name selectors.

FUNCTION=LDIR Page 197

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE characters preceding the ‘*’. A single ‘*’, without any preceding characters, will result is selecting all.

An additional statement is required to terminate library selector statements. As

with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement

Abbreviation: ME=SE|RE

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

SFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the VSE library’s Job Control DLBL statement.

The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas. If omitted, filename defaults to SYSLIB.

Abbreviation: SF=filename

TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

Specify this operand to cause selection of files based on their “changed” time stamp. The entire time stamp value may be prefixed by either a ‘<’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps prior to the specified value) or ‘>’ (indicating selecting entries with time stamps equal to or after the specified value).

Omission of either a ‘<’ or ‘>’ indicates that the time stamp date must exactly match the file’s time stamp date and any time of day value will be ignored.

Page 198 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day

2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.

The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.

TS=-0

TS=>-1.1200

TS=>-6

TS=01100

TS=>01100.1450

TS=<01100

TS=99100

TS=>99100.1450

Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

Examples

Example: List all members in the PRD2. library

List all members of the PRD2 library.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LDIR,SFILENAME=PRD2

Example: List members changed or added to the library

List all members changed/added to the library in the last two days.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LDIR,SFILENAME=PRD2,TSTAMP=>-1

FUNCTION=LDIR Page 199

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: List all phases in the library regardless of sublibrary

List all members of type 'PHASE' regardless of their sublibrary.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LDIR,SFILENAME=PRD2,MEMBER=SELECT

+* SELECT ALL SUB-LIBRARIES

!PHASE SELECT PHASES

* SELECT ALL MEMBERS

/@ TERMINATE SELECTION

Example: List selected phases in the library regardless of sublibrary

List only members of type 'PHASE' which begin with the characters ‘PAY’ regardless of their sublibrary.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LDIR,SFILENAME=PRD2,MEMBER=SELECT

+* SELECT ALL SUB-LIBRARIES

!PHASE SELECT PHASES

PAY* SELECT ALL MEMBERS

/@ TERMINATE SELECTION

Example: List selected members in selected sublibrary

List all members in sublibrary 'TEST' whose names begin with 'DRD' regardless of their type. Suppress the library statistics recap.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LDIR,SFILENAME=PRD2,MEMBER=SELECT,FORMAT=A

+TEST SELECT SUBLIBRARY 'TEST'

!//////// SELECT ALL TYPES

DRD///// SELECT ALL 'DRD' MEMBERS

/@ TERMINATE SELECTION

Page 200 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: List all phases that have changed in specific sublibrary

List all PHASE type members changed since MAY 1,2000 AT 9 AM, but only those in sublibrary 'TEST'.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LDIR,SFILENAME=PRD2,MEM=SELECT,TSTAMP=>00121.0900

+TEST SELECT SUBLIBRARY 'TEST'

!PHASE SELECT PHASES

//////// SELECT ALL MEMBERS

/@ TERMINATE SELECTION

Example: Create library recap only without member listing

List just library statistics only, with no member printout.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LDIR,SFILENAME=PRD2,FORMAT=B

FUNCTION=LDIR Page 201

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=LTAPE

The LTAPE (List Tape) command will create a report displaying the contents of a

Dr.D save file. The following are noted on the printer and/or SYSLOG:

•

Presence of standalone IPL records on the front of the tape.

•

The time and date the tape was created.

•

A description of each save that was done to create the tape.

Control Statement Operands

FUNCTION=LTAPE

BLOCKSIZE=n

FUNCTION=LTAPE Operand Summary

Operand Required?

Yes

GR=nnn

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

Global?

Yes

FUnction=LTape

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: FU=LT

BLocksize=n

Abbreviation: BL=n

GR=nnn

Page 202 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

Examples

Example: List contents of save file

This job stream reports on the contents of suspect tapes in terms of files, volumes, libraries, etc.

// ASSGN SYS008,281

// TLBL TAPEIN,’SAVE.TAPE’

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LTAPE

FUNCTION=LTAPE Page 203

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=LVTOC

The LVTOC (List VTOC) command provides a compact (but complete) report of the files in the VTOC of one or more disks.

The SVOLID operand must be entered. Up to 30 volsers may be entered to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be listed.

Alternatively, a Dr.D, BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC pool name may be used. The

VOLSELECT operand may be used to select the volume(s) from a pool which will be used to determine whether a file is to be listed.

Files may be selected for listing based upon their expiration date by using the

EXPIRED operand.

The PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand allows files to be selected on either an

individual or generic (group) basis or by the size of their files. Refer to Logical

Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for detailed information about

the selector control statements.

The AREA operand allows you to limit the area of the disk(s) being listed. Only files whose first/only extent is within the specified disk limits are included in the file selection process

The default report is produced in FILE ID sequence, with all files selected sorted together, allowing a complete alphabetic list of all files on a single disk or within a pool of disks. At the end of file listing, a space map is printed showing the location and size of each available space on the listed disk or on each disk in the pool of disks specified.

The FORMAT operand can be used to affect the report in several ways. If

FORMAT=A is specified, no space map is printed. If FORMAT=B is specified, only the space map is printed - individual files are not listed. The default is

FORMAT=X.

When producing a space map report via FORMAT=X (default) or FORMAT=B, an extent listing showing all the used and unused space may also be produced by adding the character ‘E’ to the FORMAT operand (i.e. FORMAT=BE or

FORMAT=XE).

Page 204 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

FUNCTION=LVTOC

FUNCTION=LVTOC Operand Summary

Operand Required?

Yes

AREA=(s1-e1,s2-e2,…)

DM=E

ERROR=IGNORE

EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]

FORMAT=A|B|BE|X|XE

GR=nnn

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT

RP=YES|NO

SPACE=n

SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

VOLSELECT=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Yes

FUnction=LVtoc

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: FU=LV

ARea=(s1-e1,s2-e2,…)

The AREA operand is used to define the area(s) of disk from which files will be listed. Each set of AREA values is a starting and ending track or FBA block number separated by a dash '-'. If the specification is a repeat of the last entered, a single 'R' may be entered. The entries are assumed to be in one to one correspondence with the SVOLID.

Note: you must also use the PARTIAL= operand when using AREA=.

Abbreviation: AR= (s1-e1,s2-e2,…)

DM=E

Use this operand to indicate the SVOLID specifies a BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC pool name.

Yes

Global?

Yes

FUNCTION=LVTOC Page 205

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: DM=E

ERror=IGnore

Specify ERROR=IGNORE in conjunction with the PARTIAL operand to eliminate operator intervention after message DOCTOR171 (indicating the file is not in the VTOC and to prevent cancellation after message DOCTOR316

(indicating no files are selected) is issued.

Abbreviation: ER=IG

EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]

This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.

Value Action

O+n

O-n

Yyddd

Select all files regardless of expiration date (default).

Select only unexpired files.

Select only expired files.

Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

yyddd+n yyddd-n

Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy).

Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n

FOrmat=A|B|BE|X|XE

Use this operand to specify the format of reports.

Value Action

File list only (no recap).

Recap report only (no file list).

Recap report and full extent list only (no file list).

File list and recap report (default).

File list, recap report and full extent list.

This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Page 206 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: FO=A|B|BE|X|XE

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PArtial=SElect|REject

Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.

The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be listed on the

report. See Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for

additional details about selector statements.

Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

FUNCTION=LVTOC Page 207

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SPace=n

Use this operand to control spacing on the report. Specify a 1-digit number from

2 to 9 to denote the number of blank lines to be printed between files. The report normally prints one blank line between files.

Abbreviation: SP=n

SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Use this operand to specify the input (source) volser(s) for listing. Specify up to

30 volsers to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be listed. Dr.D, BIM-EPIC and CA-EPIC disk pool names may also be used in place of actual disk volser(s). When using BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC disk pool names, you must also specify the DM=E operand.

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

VOlselect=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Use this operand to select files that fully or partially reside on the specified disk(s) for listing. This operand is useful in further qualifying the volumes specified by SVOLID, especially when SVOLID references a disk pool.

Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

Page 208 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

Examples

Example: List all VTOC entries of a disk

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LVTOC,SVOLID=DISK01

Example: List selected files

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LVTOC,SVOLID=DISK01,PARTIAL=SELECT

PAYROLL.SYS*

Example: List space map only

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LVTOC,SVOLID=DISK01,FORMAT=B

Example: List only files with more than 900 tracks

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=LVTOC,SVOLID=DISK01,PARTIAL=REJECT

FILESIZE>900

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=LVTOC Page 209

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=MC

The usual method of VM minidisk creation requires that the DSF utility be used to initialized the minidisk, a function not currently in VSE, and then the disk is added to the VM directory. This function allows the creation of VM minidisks and their immediate use directly under VSE.

The real disk that is to contain the new minidisk(s) must still be preformatted using DSF under VM. It must be attached to VSE in read/write mode and be in a device-up state so that an assignment can be made to it by VSE. The minidisk is created with this function by defining the minidisk 'real' start and end addresses via the RBEGIN and RHALT operands. A VSE/MVS type VTOC is created at the end of the disk with a one cylinder size for ECKD and CKD or a one CI size for

FBA. The volume serial number of the created mini-disk is specified via the

VOLOUT operand. If the size or location of the created minidisk VTOC is inadequate, use the FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE to adjust it.

For this function to be most effective, the VSE system destined to use the created minidisk should have a number of 'dummy' PUBS (physical unit blocks) that can be used for attaching the newly created minidisk(s). The VM Directory can be updated without a re-IPL of VSE, but if no spare PUBS are available, a re-IPL after updating the VSE ADD statements would be required. If spare PUBS are available, the new minidisk(s) can be linked to VSE, readied by use of the VSE

DVCUP command, and then be used by VSE (adjust the VTOC at that time if desired).

Before each minidisk is created, the DOCTOR190 warning message is issued, and an operator response is required before the mini is created. Double check the

RVOLD, RBEGIN, and RHALT operands to avoid the accidental destruction of existing minidisks or user files.

Control Statement Operands

FUNCTION=MC

GR=nnn

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

RP=YES|NO

RVOLID=xxxxxx

UPSI=012345678

VOLOUT=xxxxxx

FUNCTION=MC Operand Summary

Operand

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RBEGIN=ccchh|block

RHALT=ccchh|block

Yes

Required?

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 210 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUnction=MC

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: FU=MC

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

FUNCTION=MC Page 211

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RBegin=ccchh|block

Use this operand to specify the starting track/block for the new minidisk. For

CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.

Abbreviation: RB=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

RHalt=ccchh|block

Use this operand to specify the ending track/block for the new minidisk. For

CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.

Abbreviation: RH=ccchh|block

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

RVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the “real” volser of the volume where the new minidisk will be created.

Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

VOlout=xxxxxx

VOLOUT is used to set a volume serial number for the new minidisk.

Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx

Page 212 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Create VM minidisk on a ECKD/CKD device

This example creates four VM minidisks on a 3380 volume CKD111. Each minidisk is 100 cylinders.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNC=MC,RVOLID=CKD111,VOLOUT=MINI01,RBEGIN=00100,RHALT=10014

FUNC=MC,RVOLID=CKD111,VOLOUT=MINI02,RBEGIN=10100,RHALT=20014

FUNC=MC,RVOLID=CKD111,VOLOUT=MINI03,RBEGIN=20100,RHALT=30014

FUNC=MC,RVOLID=CKD111,VOLOUT=MINI04,RBEGIN=30100,RHALT=40014

Example: Create VM minidisk on a FBA device

This example creates four VM minidisks on a FBA volume FBA111. Each minidisk is 10,000 blocks.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNC=MC,RVOLID=FBA111,VOLOUT=MINI01,RBEGIN=00020,RHALT=10019

FUNC=MC,RVOLID=FBA111,VOLOUT=MINI02,RBEGIN=10020,RHALT=20019

FUNC=MC,RVOLID=FBA111,VOLOUT=MINI03,RBEGIN=20020,RHALT=30019

FUNC=MC,RVOLID=FBA111,VOLOUT=MINI04,RBEGIN=30020,RHALT=40019

Example: Move and resize a minidisk VTOC

This example moves the VTOC from the end of an FBA mini-disk to the beginning of the minidisk

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE,RVOLID=MINI02,RBEGIN=1,RHALT=6

FUNCTION=MC Page 213

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=PUNCH

The Dr.D Punch function may be used to create IDCAMS control statements for deleting and defining VSAM files or to create Job Control DLBL and EXTENT statements from information extracted from a VTOC.

Creating VSAM Delete/Define Statements.

Only the VSAM catalog need be identified by the SCAT operand. The default is to select all files. This may be changed to select only specific files based upon dates or times (EXPIRED and TSTAMP operands), by residence volume

(SVOLID) or by PARTIAL= selection/rejection operands (see Logical

Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for a description of all

selection/rejection statements).

Creating Job Control DLBL/EXTENT Statements.

The SVOLID operand is used to determine which volume(s) or disk pool to be searched when generating Job Control DLBL and EXTENT statements. The default is to select all files which have an entry in the VTOC. This may be changed to select only specific files based upon date (EXPIRED operands), ignore

VSAM files (VSAM operand) or by PARTIAL selection/rejection operands (see

Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for a description of all

selection/rejection statements).

Control Statement Operands

Operand

FUNCTION=PUNCH Operand Summary

Required?

FUNCTION=PUNCH

Yes

ASSOCIATIONS=YES|NO

EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]

GR=nnn

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT

RP=YES|NO

SCAT=filename

SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

VOLSELECT=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

VSAM=YES|NO

WS=catalogreadpassword

Note 1

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 214 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Note 1: When creating VSAM Delete/Define statements, the SCAT operand is required and the SVOLID is optional. When creating Job Control DLBL/EXTENT statements, the SVOLID operand is required.

FUnction=PUnch

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: FU=PU

ASsociations=YEs|NO

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to also punch the IDCAMS DELETE/DEFINE statements for all associated files (PATH’s and AIX’s) even if that associated file would not have been otherwise selected. Specifying NO, the default, to prevent the punching of PATH’s even if the selection entered (using

PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT) would otherwise include those objects.

This operand is only valid when creating VSAM Delete/Define statements.

Abbreviation: AS=YE|NO

EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]

This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.

Value

Action

Select all files regardless of expiration date.

Select only unexpired files.

O+n

O-n

yyddd

Select only expired files.

Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

yyddd+n yyddd-n

Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy).

Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n

GR=nnn

FUNCTION=PUNCH Page 215

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE of job. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION control statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PArtial=SElect|REject

Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.

The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) whose DLBL/EXTENT or IDCAMS DELETE/DEFINE statements are to be punched. For additional

information, see “Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process” on page 25.

Abbreviation: PA

=SE|RE

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

SCat=filename

Specify this operand to identify the filename of the VSAM catalog containing the file(s) to be interrogated. When used on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the initial control statement.

This operand is only valid and required for creating VSAM Delete/Define statements.

Page 216 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: SC=filename

SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Specify this operand to limit selection to only those files that fully or partially reside on any of the listed volumes. Up to 30 volsers may be entered enclosed in parentheses. When creating Job Control DLBL and EXTENT statements, this operand is required and may also be specified using a Dr.D, BIM-EPIC or CA-

EPIC disk poolid.

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day

2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.

The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.

TS=-0

TS=>-1.1200

TS=>-6

TS=01100

TS=>01100.1450

TS=<01100

TS=99100

TS=>99100.1450

This operand is only valid when creating VSAM Delete/Define statements.

FUNCTION=PUNCH Page 217

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

VOlselect=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

This operand restricts selection to files that fully or partially reside on the specified disk(s).

This operand is only valid when creating Job Control DLBL/EXTENT statements.

Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

VSam=YEs|NO

This operand determines if Job Control DLBL and EXTENT statements are generated for VSAM files and data spaces listed in the VTOC. The default, YES, generates DLBL/EXTENT statements. If NO is specified, VSAM files will be ignored. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

This operand is only valid when creating Job Control DLBL/EXTENT statements.

Abbreviation: VS=YE|NO

WS=catalogreadpassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog read password.

This operand is only valid when creating VSAM Delete/Define statements.

Abbreviation: WS=catalogreadpassword

Page 218 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Punch IDCAMS DELETE/DEFINE control statements for all files

This examples punches IDCAMS Delete/Define statements for all clusters in the

UCAT1 user catalog.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=PUNCH,SCAT=UCAT1

Example: Punch IDCAMS DELETE/DEFINE control statements for selected files

This examples punches IDCAMS Delete/Define statements for clusters in the

UCAT1 user catalog whose cluster name begins with ‘PAYROLL’. In addition to the cluster delete/define statements, delete/define statements will also be punched for all associated objects (path, AIX, etc.)

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=PUNCH,SCAT=UCAT1,ASSOCIATIONS=YES,PARTIAL=SELECT

PAYROLL*

Example: Punch IDCAMS DELETE/DEFINE control statements for selected files

This examples punches IDCAMS Delete/Define statements for clusters in the

UCAT1 user catalog only if the cluster wholly or partially resides on the CKD001 volume.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=PUNCH,SCAT=UCAT1,SVOLID=CKD001

Example: Punch the DLBL/EXTENT statement for all files in the VTOC

This examples punches Job Control DLBL and EXTENT statements for all entries in the VTOC on volume DISK01.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=PUNCH,SVOLID=DISK01

FUNCTION=PUNCH Page 219

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Punch the DLBL/EXTENT statement for all non-VSAM files in the VTOC

This examples punches Job Control DLBL and EXTENT statements for all non-

VSAM files in the VTOC on volume DISK01.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=PUNCH,SVOLID=DISK01,VSAM=NO

Example: Punch the DLBL/EXTENT statement for selected files in the VTOC

This examples punches Job Control DLBL and EXTENT statements for files in the

VTOC on volume DISK01 whose file-id begins with ‘PAYROLL.SYS’.

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=PUNCH,SVOLID=DISK01,PARTIAL=SELECT

PAYROLL.SYS*

Page 220 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=SORT

The sort function allows the data portion of a Dr.D saved file on tape or disk to be extracted and passed as input to the user’s SORT program. Multiple sort functions may be requested within a single Dr.D execution but only one data file is extracted per request.

The RFILENAME operand is used to designate the file to be specified as

SORTOUT to the user's SORT program. Use the FIND operand to position to the desired saved file. The files must be processed in the order that they were saved, and the use of UPSI XXXXXX1 is not allowed.

The SORT program control statements must immediately follow the

FUNCTION=SORT command statement. Each SORT control statement may occupy up to the leading 79 positions of each 80-byte length record with no control statement continuation.

An additional statement is required to terminate the SORT control statements.

As with terminating Dr.D control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /*

statement may be used. For clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the /@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the /* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.

The output file record format reflected by the TYPE= parameter value on the

SORT’s RECORD control statement must match the format of the saved data or the results will be unpredictable. Only the following SORT program control statements are allowed (others are ignored):

•

ALTSEQ

•

ANALYZE

•

INCLUDE

•

INREC

•

OMIT

•

OPTION

•

OUTFIL

•

OUTREC

•

RECORD

•

SORT

•

A copy will result with FIELDS=COPY

•

A sort will result with FIELDS=(p,m,…)

•

SUM

Partition and GETVIS requirements will vary depending on the user’s SORT program and whether SVA eligible phases have been loaded into the SVA.

FUNCTION=SORT Page 221

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

FUNCTION=SORT

GR=nnn

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

FUNCTION=SORT Operand Summary

Operand Required?

Yes

FIND=filename|’file-id’

Yes

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

RFILENAME=filename

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

UPSI=012345678

Yes

FUnction=SOrt

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: FU=SO

FInd=filename|’file-id’

Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct input dataset. You may specify either the 1-7 character filename matching the “DD

NAME” field associated with the dataset on the save file or the full file-id enclosed in single quotes.

Abbreviation: FI=filename|’file-id’

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 222 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the output file. The Job Control DLBL statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.

Abbreviation: RF=filename

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

FUNCTION=SORT Page 223

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

Examples

Example: Create five User Data Files from backup tape

This example creates five user data files from a Dr.D backup tape.

// TLBL TAPEIN...............

// DLBL SORTWK1,'SORT.WORK.1'

// EXTENT ..............................

// DLBL SORTOUT,'SORT.OUTPUT.FILE.1'

// EXTENT ..............................

// DLBL SORT2,'SORT.OUTPUT.FILE.2'

// EXTENT ..............................

// DLBL SORT3,'SORT.OUTPUT.FILE.3'

// EXTENT ..............................

// DLBL SORT4,'SORT.OUTPUT.FILE.4'

// EXTENT ..............................

// DLBL SORT5,'SORT.OUTPUT.FILE.5'

// EXTENT ..............................

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=328K

FUNCTION=SORT,RFILENAME=SORTOUT,FIND=FIL0001

SORT FIELDS=(4,10,A),FORMAT=BI,WORK=1

RECORD TYPE=V,LENGTH=(200,,,100,170)

OUTFIL BLKSIZE=8192

OPTION PRINT=ALL

FUNCTION=SORT,RFILENAME=SORT2,FIND='PARTS.MASTER'

SORT FIELDS=(4,10,A),FORMAT=BI,WORK=1

RECORD TYPE=V,LENGTH=(200,,,100,170)

OUTFIL BLKSIZE=8192

OPTION PRINT=ALL

FUNCTION=SORT,RFILENAME=SORT3,FIND=FIL0006

SORT FIELDS=(4,10,A),FORMAT=BI,WORK=1

RECORD TYPE=F,LENGTH=40

OUTFIL BLKSIZE=8120

OPTION PRINT=ALL

FUNCTION=SORT,RFILENAME=SORT4,FIND=FIL0100

SORT FIELDS=COPY

RECORD TYPE=F,LENGTH=196

OUTFIL BLKSIZE=8232

OPTION PRINT=ALL

FUNCTION=SORT,RFILENAME=SORT5,FIND=FIL0101

SORT FIELDS=(4,10,A),FORMAT=BI,WORK=1

RECORD TYPE=V,LENGTH=(200,,,100,170)

OUTFIL BLKSIZE=8192

OPTION PRINT=ALL

USERS GUIDE

Page 224 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=TAPETEST

This feature allows tapes to be tested by writing a block of data continuously over the length of the reel or cartridge. A report is produced showing the number of 'erase gaps' and 'unrecoverable errors' encountered for each cartridge or reel. If a VOL1 is found on the tape, it is printed on the report and retained on the tape. If no VOL1 is found, one is created using the sequence number listed on the report as the VOLUME SERIAL number of the tape. If the starting VOLSER is entered using the VOLSER operand, each tape volume serial number is generated starting at the entered number, and is incremented by one for each tape processed.

For each tape tested, a map is printed showing how the errors are distributed over the tape. Each position of the map is a percentage point for showing the relative position and the number of errors occurring at that point. Thus if 5 errors occurred at the mid-point of the tape, a '5' would appear under the '50' heading.

If more than 9 errors occur at any point, then multiple lines are printed, for example:

9 indicates that 819 errors occurred at that point.

Either one or two tape drives can be used, so that tape rewind can be overlapped with tape testing. Since the tapes are not opened, a warning is issued stating the drives to be used, allowing the operator to cancel if a conflict exists.

The number of tapes to be tested is controlled by the TAPES operand. Tape testing operation may be interrupted by the operator via the AR MSG command.

In response to the DOCTOR616 message that is issued, the operator may force early end of tape by responding ‘EOV’ or terminate tape testing at the end of the current tape by responding ‘ENDTEST’.

Control Statement Operands

GR=nnn

FUNCTION=TAPETEST Operand Summary

Operand Required?

FUNCTION=TAPETEST

Yes

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

RP=YES|NO

TAPES=n

UPSI=012345678

VOLSER=nnnnnn

Yes

Global?

Yes

FUNCTION=TAPETEST Page 225

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUnction=TApetest

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: FU=TA

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

TApes=n

Determines the number of tapes to be tested.

Page 226 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: TA=n

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

VOlser=nnnnnn

Specifies the volser to be written on the first tape being tested effectively reinitializing the tape during the test. When testing multiple tapes, this volser will be incremented by 1 for each tape being tested and reinitialized.

This operand only supports numeric volsers.

Abbreviation: VO=nnnnnn

Examples

Example: Test tape using only one tape drive

This example uses one tape drive, 180, to test one tape.

// ASSGN SYS007,180

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=TAPETEST,TAPES=1

Example: Test tapes using two tape drives

This example uses two tape drives, 180 and 181, for testing tapes. 180 will be tested first and then 181 will be tested as 180 is being rewound. A total of 10 tapes will be tested.

// ASSGN SYS007,180 ASSIGN 1ST DRIVE

// ASSGN SYS006,181 ASSIGN 2ND DRIVE

// UPSI 1111

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=TAPETEST,TAPES=10

FUNCTION=TAPETEST Page 227

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=VERIFY

The Dr.D File Verify function allows VSAM files to be verified using the

IDCAMS VERIFY function. Due to constraints imposed by VSAM Access

Methods Services, only files (both SUBALLOCATED and UNIQUE) identified in the VSAM catalog identified as IJSYSUC can be selected for verification.

Selection/Rejection/Rename Process).

Control Statement Operands

Operand

FUNCTION=VERIFY Operand Summary

FUNCTION=VERIFY

Required?

Yes

EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]

GR=nnn

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT

RP=YES|NO

SCAT=IJSYSUC

SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

Yes

Global?

Yes

FUnction=VErify

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: FU=VE

EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]

This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.

Value

O+n

Action

Select all files regardless of expiration date.

Select only unexpired files.

Select only expired files.

Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date

Page 228 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Value

O-n

yyddd

Action

by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

yyddd+n yyddd-n

Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy).

Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PArtial=SElect|REject

Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.

The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be verified or reset.

For additional information, see “Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process” on page 25.

FUNCTION=VERIFY Page 229

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: PA

=SE|RE

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

SCat=IJSYSUC

Due to constraints imposed by VSAM Access Methods Services, this operand must be specified as IJSYSUC to identify the filename of the VSAM catalog containing the file(s) to be verified. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the initial control statement.

Abbreviation: SC=IJSYSUC

SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Specify this operand to limit selection to only those files that fully or partially reside on any of the listed volumes. Up to 30 volsers may be entered enclosed in parentheses.

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day

2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.

The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.

Page 230 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

TS=-0

TS=>-1.1200

TS=>-6

TS=01100

TS=>01100.1450

TS=<01100

TS=99100

TS=>99100.1450

Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

Examples

Example: Verify files associated with a particular disk volume

// DLBL IJSYSUC,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=VERIFY,SCAT=IJSYSUC,SVOLID=CKD001

Example: Verify only selected files

// DLBL IJSYSUC,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=VERIFY,SCAT=IJSYSUC,PARTIAL=SELECT

PAYROLL*

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=VERIFY Page 231

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE

The usual method of VTOC relocation or resizing is to save the individual files, reinitialize the disk, and then restore the files. The Dr.D VTOCMOVE function allows the VTOC of a disk to be quickly and easily moved to a new location and/or resized. All that is required is that any files in the specified location be deleted or moved to a new location, before the VTOC move is attempted. If the size of the VTOC is being reduced, check to see that no labels exist in the part of the VTOC being dropped. Before moving the VTOC, Dr.D checks the new location against the VTOC to be sure that no files (expired or unexpired) exist in the new location, and that the new location is within the disk limits and will not overlap either the VOL1 record or the old VTOC. If the size of the VTOC is being reduced, the part of the VTOC being dropped is checked to insure no loss of labels. If any conflict is detected, the job is canceled, otherwise the operator is informed that the VTOC is about to be moved or resized, and given one last chance to abort the procedure.

Warning: Do not use this function on DOSRES or SYSWK1 because of IBM

PTF service and procedure dependencies.

Control Statement Operands

GR=nnn

FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE Operand Summary

Operand Required?

FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE

Yes

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

RBEGIN=ccchh|block

Yes

RHALT=ccchh|block

RP=YES|NO

RVOLID=xxxxxx

Yes

Global?

Yes

FUnction=VTocmove

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: FU=VT

GR=nnn

Page 232 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

RBegin=ccchh|block

Use this operand to specify the starting track/block for the new VTOC. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.

Abbreviation: RB=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

RHalt=ccchh|block

Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block for the new VTOC. For

CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number. If this operand is omitted, the new VTOC will be the same size as the original

VTOC.

Abbreviation: RH=ccchh|block

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE Page 233

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the volser of the volume whose VTOC will be moved or resized.

Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx

Examples

Example: Move VTOC on a CKD device from one area of a disk to another

// JOB VTOC MOVE TO CYLINDER 500 HEAD 00

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE,RVOLID=CKD111,RBEGIN=50000

Example: Move VTOC on a FBA device to a new location

// JOB VTOC MOVE TO FBA BLOCK 250,000

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE,RVOLID=FBA111,RBEGIN=250000

Example: Move and resize a VTOC on a CKD device

// JOB VTOC MOVE TO CYLINDER 50, ADDING A CYLINDER

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE,RVOLID=CKD111,RBEGIN=5000,RHALT=5114

Example: Resize a VTOC on a CKD device

// JOB REDUCE VTOC FROM 15 TRACKS TO 5 TRACKS

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE,RVOLID=CKD111,RBEGIN=88400,RHALT=88404

Page 234 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RESTORE=ALL

The RESTORE=ALL command is designed to reload every track/block on a

SAVE=ALL save file back to disk. A disk may be restored to a disk whose size and location of VTOC differs from the save disk. However, at the conclusion of the RESTORE the restored disk's volume label, size and location of the VTOC will be identical to the save disk. Use the VOLOUT operand to set the serial the volume being restored to a value different from the volume number of the saved disk.

The disk to be restored is determined by the volume assignment associated with the RSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the

administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional

information). Use of RVOLID is recommended. When using RVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment.

A volume restore will be performed unless the AREA= operand is used.

AREA=SELECT may be used to define the track/blocks on the save tape that are to be restored. AREA=REJECT may be used to restore the volume with the exception of specific track/block addresses. The AREA operand must be used when restoring non-VSE initialized disk (e.g. VM minidisk).

If the save file was originally created with the SHALT operand or if using the

AREA operand during the restore of a VSE disk, caution must be exercised because the VTOC extent from the saved disk is also copied. If there are additional files which resided outside the area restricted for save, those files will still be reflected in the VTOC. The Dr.D FUNCTION=DELETE command (refer

to page 176) may be use to remove any unwanted VTOC entries.

Volumes that were saved to be restored standalone (SAVE=IPL as first command) may also be restored non-standalone by either forward spacing the tape three tape marks (two if LABEL=NO was used during backup), and/or using a TLBL for the tape specifying file number two.

RESTORE=ALL Page 235

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

RESTORE=ALL

GR=nnn

HV=NO|YES|HOLD

LABEL=NO

RSYSNO=SYSnnn

RVOLID=xxxxxx

SEQNO=nn

TI=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

VM=NO|YES

VOLOUT=xxxxxx

WAIT=n

RESTORE=ALL Operand Summary

AREA=SELECT|REJECT

BLOCKSIZE=n

FIND=(volser)

Operand

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

SKIP=nnn

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1

Note 1

Required?

Yes

Note 1: Either RSYSNO (or defaulted to) or RVOLID is required. It is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used at all times in place of

RSYSNO.

REstore=ALL

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: RE=AL

ARea=SElect|REject

Indicates that one or more AREA= selector statements immediately follow this statement. This allows restore to be selective down to the track or FBA block level. It allows volume restore operations to be selective down to the

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 236 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE cylinder/head or FBA block level. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the last of the continued control statements.

One or more selector statements must follow to identify the tracks/blocks to be selected (AREA=SELECT) or rejected (AREA=REJECT).

An additional statement is required to terminate area selector statements. As

with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement

100-1200

400-400R

You may also specify ‘TO=ccchh’ on an AREA selector statement. This allows the selected area to be restored to a new cylinder and head location. If the 'cccchh' is preceded by the letter 'K', the cylinder number of the SAVED area is retained.

This optional operand must be separated from the start and end address pair by at least 1 space.

Abbreviation: AR=SE|RE

BLocksize=n

Abbreviation: BL=n

FInd=(volser)

RESTORE=ALL Page 237

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE knows which volume of multivolume files to mount, searching may begin with any volume. See message: 'DOCTOR 616' in the message section for additional information. Use of this operand is needed only when multiple volumes have been saved to the same save file.

Abbreviation: FI=(volser)

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

HV=NO|YEs|HOld

This operand is used during volume restore to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. This is especially important during compacting of disk manager pool space. HV=NO is default. HV=YES should be used on the first disk restore within an execution of Dr.D and then

HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.

Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO

LAbel=NO

Use when the input tape is unlabeled.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any

Page 238 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

RSysno=SYSnnn

Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the output (target) disk during a restore operation. RSYSNO=SYS002 is the default shipped with Dr.D

but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the restore operation, it is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used in place of RSYSNO.

Abbreviation: RS=SYSnnn

RVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the current volser of the output (target) volume during a restore operation.

Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx

SEqno=nn

Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this restore among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

RESTORE=ALL Page 239

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SKip=nnn

Abbreviation: SK=nnn

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

When used for tape positioning, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset. TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw

RUn

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

Abbreviation: TD=filename

TI=SYSnnn

Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

VOlout=xxxxxx

VOLOUT is used to set the volume serial number of the output disk being restored. The default, if this operand is omitted, is to change the output volume serial number to be the same as the volume serial number as the saved disk.

Page 240 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx

VM=NO|YEs

Use this operand to when saving, restoring or copying non-VSE volumes (i.e.

VM minidisk) on CKD and ECKD devices. Specifying YES bypasses disk count area errors caused by the count area not reflecting the true location of the physical blocks. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: VM=NO|YES

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

RESTORE=ALL Page 241

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Restore all tracks/blocks of disk from tape

This job stream restores all tracks/blocks on the volume CKDP12. Following the restore, the disk volser will be CKDP12.

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEIN,'CKDP12.SAVE'

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=011,PRINT=LIST

RESTORE=ALL,RV=CKDP12

RE=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Restore all tracks/blocks of disk from tape and set new volser

This job stream restores all tracks/blocks on the volume CKDP12. Following the restore, the disk volser will be NEWP12.

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEIN,'CKDP12.SAVE'

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=011,PRINT=LIST

RESTORE=ALL,RV=CKDP12,VOLOUT=NEWP12

RE=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Selective restore of all tracks/blocks

This example uses a tape created by the SAVE=ALL method. Only cylinders 100 through 130 will be restored.

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEIN,’CKDP12.SAVE’

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

REST=NO,UPSI=011,PRINT=LIST

REST=ALL,RV=CKDP12,AREA=SELECT

10000-13014

RE=NO,TAPE=RUN

Page 242 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Restore minidisk

This example uses a tape created by the SAVE=ALL method. The tape contains a number of VM minidisk and will be used to selectively restore minidisk 1 , 2 and

3. The third disk is to be relocated to a new physical location. Minidisk 1 originally resided on cylinder 100 through 130 and will be restored to its original location. Minidisk 2 originally resided on cylinder 200 through 249 and will be restored to its original location. Minidisk 3 originally resided on cylinder 300 through 400 but will be restored to cylinders 400 through 500. The disk being restored is assigned to 620 using the default RSYSNO SYS002.

// ASSGN SYS002,620

// ASSGN SYS008,280

// TLBL TAPEIN

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

REST=NO,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST

REST=ALL,VM=YES,AREA=SELECT

10000-13014

20000-24914

30000-30014 TO=40000

RE=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Restore from multiple volume save.

This example demonstrates how to position the tape when you have multiple volume backups on the same tape.

// TLBL TAPEIN

// ASSGN SYS008,280

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=ALL,RVOLID=222222,FIND=(222222)

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN

NOTE: Once the tape is positioned, any appropriate restore function may be specified.

RESTORE=ALL Page 243

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RESTORE=CURRENT

The RESTORE=CURRENT command is designed to reload active areas, which have been saved by a SAVE=CURRENT command. The restore may be a full pack restore where all active areas, including IPL track/block and VTOC extent, are reloaded back to disk. At the conclusion of a full pack restore, the restored disk's volume label, size and location of the VTOC will be identical to the save disk. Use the VOLOUT operand to set the volume serial number of the restored disk to a value different from the volume number of the saved disk.

You may also perform a restore of selective files only. On ECKD and CKD devices use the PARTIAL operand to selectively request files to be restored. On

FBA devices, use RFILENAME and SIDENT to selectively request files to be restored. Unlike a full pack restore, the volume serial number, IPL track/block and VTOC extent are not restored when performing a selective file restore.

The disk to be restored is determined by the volume assignment associated with the RSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the

RVOLID operand. If neither RVOLID nor RSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default RSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the save. The default RSYSNO as supplied is SYS002 but may be changed by the installation

administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional

information). Use of RVOLID is recommended. When using RVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment.

If the save file was originally created with the EXPIRED or PARTIAL operand or if using the AREA operand, caution must be exercised when performing a full pack restore using RESTORE=CURRENT because the VTOC extent from the saved disk is also copied. If there are additional files which resided outside the area restricted for save, those files will still be reflected in the VTOC. The Dr.D

FUNCTION=DELETE command (refer to page 176) may be use to remove any

unwanted VTOC entries.

**Warning**: SAVE|RESTORE=CURRENT will process VSAM objects and

VSE libraries listed in the VTOC correctly only when saving|restoring the entire volume. To process individual VSAM files, you should use

SAVE|RESTORE=LOGICAL|VSAM. To process individual VSE libraries, you should use SAVE|RESTORE=LIBRARY.

Page 244 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Compacting/Reorganizing Disk or Pools.

Reorganization/compacting of a disk or disk manager pool space on CKD disk moves data files to a contiguous area of the pack. When this is done, a larger, contiguous free space are is created thereby eliminating fragmented free space on the pack. With Dr.D, disk reorganization/compacting can be achieved with a minimal impact on processing by using the AREA=COMPACT operand with

RESTORE=CURRENT. This can be used with the major disk management systems, BIM-EPIC, CA-EPIC, CA-DYNAM and CA-SYSTEM MANAGER. This method is preferable to the RESTORE=LOGICAL method for a number of reasons:

1. It is substantially faster.

2. Because the files are not opened, critical information in the VTOC such as generation numbers, creation dates, etc. are not changed.

3. One disk at a time can be compacted even though there may be files on the disk that have extents on other disks, allowing easier management of the compacting operation.

For this method to operate correctly, several aspects must be considered:

1. At this time, this method can only be used with ECKD and CKD disk type.

2. During SAVE or RESTORE of the disk being compacted, no files on that disk can be allocated or deleted, and none accessed during the RESTORE compacting operation. The HV= operand can be used to prevent problems in this area, or the disk can be detached from the disk manager while compacting.

3. If a VTOC index is used, it must be regenerated after compacting is completed.

4. The System Manager Verify function must be run against the compacted disk to update the System Manager extent information.

5. For BIM-EPIC, the BIM-EPIC catalog will be updated to reflect the revised extent information.

6. For CA-EPIC, although the CA-EPIC catalog will not be updated to reflect the revised extent information, the files are still accurately accessible.

RESTORE=CURRENT Page 245

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

RESTORE=CURRENT Operand Summary

Operand Required?

RESTORE=CURRENT

Yes

ALIGN=YES|NO|ALL

AREA=SELECT|REJECT|COMPACT

BLOCKSIZE=n

DATE=yyddd|+n

DM=E

FIND=(volser)

GR=nnn

HV=NO|YES|HOLD

LABEL=NO

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PARTIAL=SELECT

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RFILENAME=filename

RP=YES|NO

RSYSNO=SYSnnn

RVOLID=xxxxxx

R0=YES|NO

Note 2

Note 1

SEQNO=nn

SIDENT=’file-id’

SKIP=nnn

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1

TI=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

VOLOUT=xxxxxx

VSAM=NO|YES

WAIT=n

Note 2

Yes

Global?

Yes

Note 1: Either RSYSNO (or defaulted to) or RVOLID is required. It is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used at all times in place of

RSYSNO.

Page 246 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Note 2: For a file restore, both the RFILENAME and SIDENT operands are required when restoring to an FBA device. When restoring to a ECKD or CKD device, the PARTIAL=SELECT is required. If these operands are omitted, the restore will default to a volume restore.

REstore=CUrrent

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: RE=AL

ALign=YEs|NO|ALl

Use this operand to specify how files are to be cylinder aligned.

Value Action

YES Files that were cylinder aligned will remain cylinder aligned.

ALL

No files within the reorg area will be cylinder aligned.

All files within the reorg are will be cylinder aligned.

Abbreviation: AL=YE|NO|AL

ARea=SElect|Reject|COmpact

Indicates that one or more AREA= selector statements immediately follow this statement. This allows restore to be selective down to the track or FBA block level. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the last of the continued control statements.

One or more selector statements must follow to identify the tracks/blocks to be selected (AREA=SELECT|COMPACT) or rejected (AREA=REJECT).

An additional statement is required to terminate area selector statements. As

with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement

As an example on a 3390, the following area selector statements will select from cylinder 1, head 0 up to cylinder 12, head 0 and reject cylinder 4, head 0 when used with AREA=SELECT|COMPACT. When used with AREA=REJECT, it will reject all data from cylinder 1, head 0 up to cylinder 12, head 0 but will select cylinder 4, head 0.

100-1200

400-400R

RESTORE=CURRENT Page 247

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

On CKD and ECKD with AREA=SELECT, you may also specify ‘TO=ccchh’ on an AREA selector statement. This allows the selected area to be restored to a new cylinder and head location. If the 'cccchh' is preceded by the letter 'K', the cylinder number of the SAVED area is retained. This optional operand must be separated from the start and end address pair by at least 1 space.

Abbreviation: AR=SE|RE|CO

BLocksize=n

Abbreviation: BL=n

DAte=yyddd|+n

Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being restored. Use yyddd to specify an absolute julian date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99=19yy)

Use +n to specify a date relative to the current IPL date. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If omitted, the expiration date will be set to the same value as when the file was saved.

Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n

DM=E

Use this operand when reorganizing/compacting EPIC disk pool space

(AREA=COMPACT). This operand will result in the EPIC DSN catalog being updated to reflect any file changes resulting from the disk reorganization/compacting.

Abbreviation: DM=E

FInd=(volser)

Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct volume serial number. The volume serial number must be enclosed within parentheses. The save tape is scanned starting at its current position forward until either the search argument is found or the end of tape occurs. If the user knows which volume of multivolume files to mount, searching may begin with any volume. See message: 'DOCTOR 616' in the message section for additional information. Use of this operand is needed only when multiple volumes have been saved to the same save file.

Abbreviation: FI=(volser)

Page 248 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

HV=NO|YEs|HOld

HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.

Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO

LAbel=NO

Use when the input tape is unlabeled.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

RESTORE=CURRENT Page 249

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PArtial=SElect

Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.

Each selector specifies the fully qualified (no wildcards allowed) dataset name of the file to be selected and is followed by the characters ‘@filename@’ (separated from the dataset name by at least 1 space) . The filename reflects the Job Control

DLBL statement for the file to be restored.

As an example, to select the file ‘SAVED.FILE1’ and restore it to the file referenced by the DLBL ‘OUTPUT’, use the selector statement:

SAVED.FILE1 @OUTPUT@

An additional statement is required to terminate selector statements. As with

terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement may be

used. For clarity in reading the jobstreams you create, it is recommended that you use the /@ as the terminating statement for selector statements and use the

/* as the terminating statement for Dr.D control statements.

Required for restoring individual files on a ECKD or CKD devices only. Refer to the examples at the end of this section for additional details on using

PARTIAL=SELECT with RESTORE=CURRENT.

Abbreviation: PA=SE

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be restored. The Job Control DLBL statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.

Required with the SIDENT operand for restoring individual files on FBA devices only. Refer to the examples at the end of this section for additional details on selective restoring on FBA with RESTORE=CURRENT.

Abbreviation: RF=filename

RP=YEs|NO

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to terminate with a return code even when abnormal termination occurs. This technique allows conditional JCL to handle exceptional

Page 250 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE conditions raised by Dr.D. Non-zero return codes are listed in the Messages section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

RSysno=SYSnnn

Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the output (target) disk during a restore operation. RSYSNO=SYS002 is the default shipped with Dr.D

but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the restore operation, it is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used in place of RSYSNO.

Abbreviation: RS=SYSnnn

RVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the current volser of the output (target) volume during a restore operation.

Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx

R0=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SIdent=’file-id’

Specify the full file-id enclosed in single quotes to indicate the name of the new file being restored.

Required with the RFILENAME operand for restoring individual files on FBA devices only. Refer to the examples at the end of this section for additional details on selective restoring on FBA with RESTORE=CURRENT.

Abbreviation: SI=’file-id’

RESTORE=CURRENT Page 251

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SKip=nnn

Abbreviation: SK=nnn

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

Value Action

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw

RUn

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

Abbreviation: TD=filename

TI=SYSnnn

Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

VOlout=xxxxxx

Page 252 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx

VSam=YEs|NO

Specify VSAM=NO to bypass VSAM objects. With VSAM=YES, the default,

VSAM objects are saved as a DA files.

**Warning**: SAVE|RESTORE=CURRENT will process VSAM objects listed in the VTOC correctly only when saving|restoring the entire volume. To process individual VSAM files, you should use

SAVE|RESTORE=LOGICAL|VSAM.

Abbreviation: VS=YE|NO

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

RESTORE=CURRENT Page 253

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Restore entire pack using SAVE=CURRENT save file

This job stream restores the SYSWK1 disk volume from a save tape created by the SAVE=CURRENT method. Before the save operation begins, tape positioning is assured with the TAPE=REW operand and the tape is unloaded after the save operation is complete.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEIN,'SYSWK1.SAVE'

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,UPSI=011,PRINT=LIST,TAPE=REW

RESTORE=CURRENT,RV=SYSWK1

RE=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Restore active areas from IPLable save file

This example restores a disk volume, cuu=137, from an IPLable backup tape.

VOLOUT is used to set the volser of the output disk to 'OLDRES'. The Job

Control statement, ‘// MTC FSF,SYS008,3’ is used to skip the IPL bootstrap on the tape.

// ASSGN SYS008,280

// MTC REW,SYS008

// MTC FSF,SYS008,3

// TLBL TAPEIN,'SYSRES SAVE',,,,2

// ASSGN SYS002,137

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=CURRENT,RSYSNO=SYS002,UPSI=011,VOLOUT=OLDRES

RE=NO,TA=RU

Page 254 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Restore individual file on FBA using a SAVE=CURRENT save file

This example performs an individual file restore from an FBA disk

SAVE=CURRENT save file. The dataset ‘SAVED.FILE.ID’ is restored to volume

PCK123 as ‘NEW VERSION OF FILE’.

// TLBL TAPEIN,. . .

// ASSGN SYS008,280

// MTC REW,SYS008

// DLBL SDFILE,'NEW VERSION OF FILE'

// EXTENT SYS002,PCK123,1,0,557000,500

// ASSGN SYS002,223

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,UPSI=011

RE=CU,RVOLID=PCK123,RFILENAME=SDFILE,SIDENT=’SAVED.FILE.ID’

RESTORE=NOPERATION,TAPE=RUN

*WARNING* IF 'RF' AND 'SI' ARE NOT ENTERED ON AN FBA RESTORE, A

VOLUME RESTORE OCCURS.

Example: Restore individual file on CKD using a SAVE=CURRENT save file

Individual files may be restored from the backup produced by the volume

SAVE=CURRENT method by specifying the PARTIAL= operand and the ID(s) of the file(s) to be restored. This example restores ‘OLD.VERSION.OF.FILE1’ as

‘NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE1’ and ‘OLD.VERSION.OF.FILE2’ as

‘NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE2’.

// TLBL TAPEIN,. . .

// ASSGN SYS008,280

// MTC REW,SYS008

// DLBL SDFILE1,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE1'

// EXTENT SYS002,,1,0,15,500

// DLBL SDFILE2,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE2'

// EXTENT SYS003,,1,0,15,500

// ASSGN SYS002,223

// ASSGN SYS003,224

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=CURRENT,PARTIAL=SELECT

OLD.VERSION.OF.FILE1 @SDFILE1@

OLD.VERSION.OF.FILE2 @SDFILE2@

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN

Note: The DLBL name is coded on the file selector within the "@" signs, and

SYS002 must be assigned to the first disk being restored to.

*WARNING* IF 'PARTIAL=SELECT' IS NOT ENTERED ON A ECKD OR CKD

RESTORE, A VOLUME RESTORE OCCURS.

RESTORE=CURRENT Page 255

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Disk reorganization (ECKD and CKD disk only)

This example reorganizes cylinders 1-300 and 600-849 of a 3380 disk

(volser=MYVSER) previously saved by SAVE=CURRENT. No cylinder boundary alignment is needed.

// TLBL TAPEIN,. . .

// ASSGN SYS008,280

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NOPERATION,UPSI=011

RESTORE=CURRENT,RV=MYVSER,AREA=COMPACT,ALIGN=NO

100-30014

60000-84914

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Compacting EPIC pool space (ECKD and CKD disk only)

EPIC pool space can be compacted by Dr.D, one disk at a time using the

SAVE=CURRENT volume backup and restore. Specify the area of the disk to be compacted in cylinder and head notation. If the BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC catalog is on this disk, exclude it from the area.

Dr.D will lock the disk while the backup and restore is taking place as indicated by use of the HV (hold VTOC) operand.

The BIM-EPIC catalog will be updated to reflect the revised extent information.

The BIM-EPIC catalog update is accomplished using an interface provided only by BIM-EPIC and no BIM-EPIC catalog label information or assignments are required.

For CA-EPIC, no interface is available for updating the CA-EPIC catalog. Files compacted using this technique, however, are still accurately accessible.

// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .

// TLBL TAPEIN,. . .

// ASSGN SYS007,cuu

// ASSGN SYS008,SYS007

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SA=NO,UP=111,CP=YES,TAPE=REW

SA=CU,SV=DISK01,EX=YES,HV=YES,EOF=YES

SA=NO,TA=RE

RE=CU,RV=DISK01,DM=E,ALIGN=NO,HV=HOLD,AR=COMPACT

100-88314

RE=NO,TAPE=RUN

Page 256 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RESTORE=DATA

The RESTORE=DATA command is used to restore individual non-VSAM files with data saved using any of the following techniques:

•

The Volume Logical Save feature (SAVE=LOGICAL command)

•

The Non-VSAM Data File Save feature (SAVE=DATA or SAVE=SDISK commands)

•

User Data File

•

Other backup software tape (see Conversion From Other Backup Software

Products on page 458 for additional information)

A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the file to be restored. Its filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the RFILENAME operand.

Dr.D will interrogate the DLBL to ascertain whether it is SD, DA, or ISAM. For

ECKD and CKD disk, an SD file may be restored as a DA and vice-versa. The restore file's extents are completely independent of the save file's; they may differ in size, placement and types of disks.

When using a Dr.D save tape, use the FIND or SKIP operand to position the input to the appropriate file. If the file is not repositioned using FIND or SKIP, the RFILENAME operand must specify a filename matching the “DD NAME” field associated with the dataset on the save file.

When using a User Data File as input, positioning is required only if there are multiple files on the tape. To position a User Data File, use the SKIP operand.

Additionally, if the User Data File contains fixed length records, the LRECSIZE and NRECDS operands are required. If the User Data File contains variable length records, the VARIABLE and LBLOCKSIZE operands must be used.

Using The RMODE Operand

The RMODE (Restore Mode) is an internal switch in Dr.D that is set and used when writing to the disk. Set RMODE to either an 'I' for image or 'S' for squeeze.

When set to 'I', Dr.D exactly mirrors the saved extent during the restore. Partially used tracks, unused tracks, records out of sequence on a track, all appear restored in the same format.

When RMODE is set to 'S', the full track capacity of the restore disk is employed.

If there are any partial or unused tracks in the saved extent, that unused area is dropped and ignored. As many data records as can be accommodated are written on each track. Also, any records that are out of sequence on a saved track are written in the physical order they appear on the saved track. However, all records written on a track are sequentially numbered.

RESTORE=DATA Page 257

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

When restoring a DA data file, RMODE is set to 'I' to accommodate the majority of applications using DA files. Thus, if relative track addressing is used, the DA file may be relocated and still accessed.

When restoring an SD file, RMODE is set to 'S' if it is restored to a new disk type.

Specifying RMODE=I or RMODE=S will override the default as described above.

The only reason for specifying this override is in conversion of direct access from one disk type to another.

Using The SYNC Operand

Dr.D processes multi-extent data files as normally expected under VSE. The size and number of extents of the save file and restore file are independent of each other. Upon restoring, Dr.D will fill each extent in order, switching to the next extent as the current one becomes full (the input and output extents are treated asynchronously).

However, sometimes you might want to switch output extents before each fills up. Using the SYNC=YES operand will cause the restored files' extents to become

'SYNCHRONIZED' with the saved files’ extents.

As an example, if there were 100 and 200 records respectively in the first and second extents of a save file, then there will be exactly 100 and 200 records, respectively, in the first and second extents of the restore file (even though they might be able to hold more). Whenever SYNC=YES is specified, the restore file must have as many extents as the save file and each restore extent must be able to accommodate at least as many records as its corresponding save extent.

Putting SYNC=YES for an ISAM file will be ignored.

Page 258 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

RESTORE=DATA

BLOCKSIZE=n

DATE=yyddd|+n

RESTORE=DATA Operand Summary

Operand Required?

Yes

DELETE=YES|ppppxx

DTAPE=YES

FIND=filename|’file-id’

GR=nnn

LABEL=NO

LBLOCKSIZE=n

Note 3

Note 1

LRECSIZE=n

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

NRECDS=n

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RFILENAME=filename

RMODE=I|S

RP=YES|NO

R0=YES|NO

SEQNO=nn

Yes

Note 2

SKIP=nnn

SYNC=YES

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1

TI=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

USEREXIT=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

VARIABLE=YES

WAIT=n

Note 1

Yes

Global?

Yes

Note 1: For variable length User Data Files (DTAPE=YES), the LBLOCKSIZE= and VARIABLE=YES operands are required

Note 2: For fixed length User Data Files (DTAPE=YES), the LRECSIZE= and

NRECDS= operands are required.

RESTORE=DATA Page 259

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Note 3: FIND= is required if the input was created by the Volume Logical Save feature or if it is a backup tape created by another backup software product.

REstore=DAta

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: RE=DA

BLocksize=n

Abbreviation: BL=n

DAte=yyddd|+n

Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being restored. Use yyddd to specify an absolute julian date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99=19yy)

Use +n to specify a date relative to the current IPL date. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n

DElete=YEs|NO|pppphh

Use this operand to allow or bypass issuance of IBM equal file or overlap on unexpired file messages which require operator intervention. If specified as NO, the default, no specific action will be taken to bypass overlap messages. If specified as YES, Dr.D will modify the expiration date to ‘00000’ of any existing file with the same dataset name before attempting to restore it.

Use format DELETE=pppphh to cause records containing a specific single character in a specific record position to be bypassed during the restore function.

pppp is a 4-digit decimal number (relative to 1 with leading zeros specified and less than 4097) denoting the position in a record where the single character is located (if used with variable-length records, this position must be in the leading fixed portion of the record). hh is the hexadecimal value of the single character code. If omitted, all records will be restored.

Abbreviation: DE=YE|pppphh

DTape=YEs

Use this operand to indicate the input is a User Data File and not a Dr.D save file.

When the input data file contains fixed-length records, you must also specify the

Page 260 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

LR= and NR= operands. When the input data file contains variable-length records, also specify the VARIABLE=YES and LB= operands. Note: Only one

DTAPE=YES restore can be specified per Dr.D execution. If multiple

DTAPE=YES restores are required, accomplish each under a separate Dr.D

execution.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: DT=YE

FInd=filename|’file-id’

Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct input dataset. You may specify either the 1-7 character filename matching the “DD

Abbreviation: FI=filename|’file-id’

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LAbel=NO

Used to read unlabeled tapes.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LBlocksize=n

Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES operand to identify the maximum blocksize found in the input User Data File. Use this operand also with variable block files to have their logical block size adjusted up or down during a restore command.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: LB=n

LRecsize=n

Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and NR=n operands to identify the length of each logical record found in the input User Data File containing fixed-length records. For example, if the input user data file contains

RESTORE=DATA Page 261

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as LR=80.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: LR=n

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

NRecds=n

Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and LR=n operands to identify the maximum number of logical records blocked into a physical record found in the input User Data File containing fixed-length records. For example, if the input user data file contains 80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as

NR=10.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: NR=n

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

Page 262 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be restored. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.

Abbreviation: RF=filename

RMode=I|S

This operand is used to indicate how Dr.D is to arrange the data being written on the tracks of the output disk during the restore.

Value Action

Restore file in Image mode. The tracks/blocks being restored will be a mirror image of the saved tracks/blocks.

Restore file in Squeeze mode. In this mode, as many input blocks as possible are written to each output track. Unused tracks or portions of track on the saved extent are skipped over, and all data records are squeezed on the restoring device, using the full capacity of the track.

This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.

Suppose you saved an area from a 3375 and restored it to a 3380. If the 3375 extent had five disk blocks per track, by putting RMODE=I, the 3380 extent will also have five records per track even though it can contain more.

Likewise, if the 3375 had a completely blank track, so will the 3380. In other words, RMODE=I restores on a track by track basis exactly mirroring the saved extent. On the other hand, specifying RMODE=S informs Dr.D to use the full track capacity of the restoring device.

(RMODE=S).

Abbreviation: RM=I|S

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

R0=YEs|NO

RESTORE=DATA Page 263

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.

Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SKip=nnn

Abbreviation: SK=nnn

SYnc=YEs

Abbreviation: SY=YE

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr

REw

RUn

Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Page 264 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

Abbreviation: TD=filename

TI=SYSnnn

Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

USerexit=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

Restore processing supports Type 1 and Type 2 user exits. User Exit Type 1 may be used to Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records. This method should be used in most situations. User Exit Type 2 may be used to Inspect or Generate

logical records. See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.

For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:

NF constant

phasename

is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

For Type 2 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=phasename/mm/tzzzzzz' where:

phasename

is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

t mm zzzzzz

processing mode flag. ‘IO’ to Send/Receive logical records; ‘EX’ to inspect logical records.

is the type of core image phase. ‘L’ for relocatable and self-relocating programs; ‘A’ for absolute address programs.

is either the decimal length of the program for relocatable and self-relocating (‘L’) programs or the hexadecimal load address for absolute address (‘A’) programs.

RESTORE=DATA Page 265

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

For Type 2 user exits also require an EXIT parameter statement.

Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

VAriable=YEs

Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and LB=n operands to indicate the input User Data File contains variable-length records.

Abbreviation: VA=YE

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

Page 266 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Restore same file using a SAVE=DATA save file

This example restores the same file, ‘DISK.FILE.01’, which was saved by a prior

SAVE=DATA operation. The dataset selected for restore off the save file is retrieved from the DLBL associated with the RFILENAME operand, FILEONE.

// DLBL FILEONE,'DISK.FILE.01',2099/360,SD

// EXTENT ,737723,1,0,20,3980

// EXTENT ,737724,1,1,20,2000,8

// TLBL TAPEIN,'SAVE TAPE'

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111

RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=FILEONE

Example: Restore DA and SD files using a SAVE=DATA save file

This example restores the 2 files saved on the same tape by a prior SAVE=DATA function. The files being restored were originally saved in the order they are being restored in. If the files were not saved in the same order as being restored, it would be required to position the save tape to the proper file by using the

FIND, SKIP, and/or TAPE=REW operands.

// DLBL FILEONE,'DISK.FILE.01',2099/360,SD

// EXTENT ,737723,1,0,20,3980

// EXTENT ,737724,1,1,20,2000,8

// DLBL FILETWO,'DISK.FILE.02',2099/360,DA

// EXTENT ,434729,1,0,20,2320

// TLBL TAPEIN,'SAVE TAPE'

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111

RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=FILEONE

RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=FILETWO

RESTORE=DATA Page 267

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Restore individual file using a SAVE=LOGICAL save file

Individual files on a SAVE=LOGICAL save file may be restored using

RESTORE=DATA or RESTORE=SDISK. Because the input save file will generally contain multiple files, the FIND operand is used to position the save file to the correct data.

// TLBL TAPEIN,'SAVE TAPE'

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL SDFILE2,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE2'

// EXTENT SYS003,,1,0,15,500

// ASSGN SYS003,224

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111

RESTORE=DA,RF=SDFILE2,FI='OLD.VERSION.OF.FILE2'

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Restore first and third files using the FIND operand

In this example, FIND is specified and is restoring the first and third files only.

Also note that SYS025 is being used for the input file in place of the default

SYS008. Because the files are being restored in relative sequence (file=1 first then file=3), no additional tape positioning is required. If the restore order were reversed (file=3 first then file=1), you would need to add a

‘RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW’ command between the RESTORE=DATA control statements.

// ASSGN SYS025,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEIN,'SOME SAVES'

// DLBL FILEX,'VERSION.OF.FILE1'

// EXTENT SYS003,,1,0,15,500

// ASSGN SYS003,224

// DLBL FILEZ,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE3'

// EXTENT SYS010,,1,0,215,90

// ASSGN SYS010,225

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,TI=SYS025

RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=FILEX,FIND=FILEX

RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=FILEZ,FIND='FILE ID OF 3RD FILE'

Page 268 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Using SKIP before restoring

In this example, 'SKIP=NNN' will skip over NNN saved files on the tape before restoring. Because the files are being restored in relative sequence (file=1 first then file=3), the SKIP=001 simply bypasses the second file on the tape.

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEIN,'SOME SAVES'

// DLBL FILEX,'VERSION.OF.FILE1'

// EXTENT SYS003,,1,0,15,500

// ASSGN SYS003,224

// DLBL FILEZ,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE3'

// EXTENT SYS010,,1,0,215,90

// ASSGN SYS010,225

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW

RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=FILEX

RESTORE=DATA,RFILENAME=FILEZ,SKIP=001

Example: Restore files saved with the User Data File feature

This example restores the two SD files saved by a SAVE=DATA operation which created a User Data File. The first file being restored is a fixed length record file with a record size of 100. The output file created by this restore will result in a blocksize of 1000 (LR=100 time NR=10). The second file being restored is a variable length file. The output file created by this restore will result in a maximum blocksize of 16000 (LB=16000).

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL FIL1,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD

// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,15,300

// DLBL FIL2,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD

// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,4500,6000

// TLBL TAPEIN,'FB.SAM.FILE'

// TLBL TDI0001,'VB.SAM.FILE'

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111

RE=DATA,RFILENAME=FIL1,DTAPE=YES,LR=100,NRECDS=10

RE=DATA,RFILENAME=FIL2,DTAPE=YES,VARIABLE=YES,LB=16000

RE=NO,TAPE=REW

RESTORE=DATA Page 269

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RESTORE=ERASE

Sometimes it would be nice to be able to clear or erase a portion of a disk.

RESTORE=ERASE will accomplish this goal. Standard ECKD/CKD R0 records are written and the tracks are erased; FBA blocks are cleared.

The disk to be erased is determined by the volume assignment associated with the RSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the

RVOLID operand. If neither RVOLSID nor RSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default RSYSNO assigned to it is used. The default RSYSNO as supplied is SYS002 but may be changed by the installation administrator (refer to

Configure System Options on page 16 for additional information). Use of

RVOLID is recommended. When using RVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment.

The area of the disk to be erased/cleared is defined by use of the RBEGIN and

RHALT operands.

Control Statement Operands

RESTORE=ERASE

GR=nnn

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

RESTORE=ERASE Operand Summary

Operand Required?

Yes

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RBEGIN=ccchh|block

RHALT=ccchh|block

RSYSNO=SYSnnn

RP=YES|NO

RVOLID=xxxxxx

SEQNO=nn

UPSI=012345678

Yes

Note 2

Note 1

Yes

Global?

Yes

Note 1: Either RSYSNO (or defaulted to) or RVOLID is required. It is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used at all times in place of

RSYSNO.

Note 2: If RHALT is omitted, it will default to the RBEGIN value resulting in the restore of a single track/block.

REstore=ERase

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Page 270 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: RE=ER

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RBegin=ccchh|block

Use this operand to specify the starting track/block where the erase is to begin on the target device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder

(ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.

RESTORE=ERASE Page 271

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: RB=ccchh|block

RHalt=ccchh|block

Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block where the erase is to stop on the target device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder

(ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.

Abbreviation: RH=ccchh|block

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

RSysno=SYSnnn

Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the output (target) disk during the erase operation. RSYSNO=SYS002 is the default shipped with Dr.D

but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the erase operation, it is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used in place of RSYSNO.

Abbreviation: RS=SYSnnn

RVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the volser of the output (target) volume during an erase operation.

Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Page 272 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

Examples

Example: Erase disk

Assume two 3380's on 131 (volser=PCK131) and 132 (volser=PCK132). This example erases all of the pack on 131 and the last half of the pack on 132. It also erases cylinder 705 of a 3375 on 155 (volser=PCK155).

// ASSGN SYS002,131

// ASSGN SYS003,132

// ASSGN SYS004,155

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=ERASE,RVOLID=PCK131,RBEGIN=101,RHALT=84500

RESTORE=ERASE,RVOLID=PCK132,RBEGIN=40000,RHALT=84500

RESTORE=ERASE,RVOLID=PCK155,RBEGIN=70500,RHALT=70518

RESTORE=ERASE Page 273

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RESTORE=LIBRARY

Use the RESTORE=LIBRARY command when restoring a VSE library (pre-SP2 format libraries are not supported). All sublibraries and members or only selective sublibraries and members may be restored. Sublibraries and their members may be restored to the same sublib or a different sublib.

A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the library to be restored and that filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the

RFILENAME operand. If RFILENAME is omitted for standard restore operations, it will look for a DLBL statement with the filename of SYSLIB.

The MEMBER=SELECT|REJECT and TSTAMP operands may be used to selectively restore sublibraries and/or members. The MEMBER operand uses library selector statements to select or reject by sublib, member type and/or member name. Library selector statements also allow a sublib and its members to be restored to a different sublib in the output library. The TSTAMP operand bases its selection upon the “last update” date and time.

Dr.D uses two different methods for restoring library members. The LIBRARY operand controls the method to use. The default method uses Dr.D's own member and directory output routines. The LIBRARY operand may be used to invoke LIBR functions for member and directory output. This is accomplished by specifying LIBRARY=LIBR. The two methods differ in several aspects: 1) The

LIBR method requires more GETVIS memory and more free space in the library, but may be suitable for libraries in active use. 2) The LIBR method changes the date of the member while LIBRARY=PHYSICAL retains the date as saved.

When using Dr.D’s own member and directory output routines, you may specify the ADD, NEW, CREATE or EXTEND values with the LIBRARY operand. The

ADD value is the default and will reuse the space of restored members if they already exist in the library. The NEW value informs Dr.D that the library is to be created during the restore of sublibraries and members. The CREATE and

EXTEND values are used to simply create or expand a library, no data is restored.

Listing of sublibrary and member names can be controlled by use of the

FORMAT and PRINT operands.

Library Create and Extend

Dr.D can add extents to libraries in either VSAM or BAM space, but VSE does not allow the SYSRES library to have more than one extent. These functions are independent of any other library function, therefore a subsequent restore or copy operation is required if members are to be added to the library.

If the library is in VSAM space and LIBRARY=CREATE is specified, a single open is issued to allocate the first extent. If LIBRARY=EXTEND is specified, the library is checked to determine the number of existing extents before opening as output to allocate a new extent.

Page 274 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

If the library is in BAM space, Dr.D will issue an open for each JCL EXTENT card presented. This may result in the issuance of a corresponding VSE 'EQUAL FILE

ID IN VTOC' message, even if the library is being extended. The operator should respond with 'DELETE' after verifying that the correct file-id is listed.

Note: The RFILENAME operand is required when specifying

LIBRARY=CREATE|EXTEND.

Library Space Considerations

In estimating library space requirements, a good rule of thumb is about 10% of the library will be needed for directory and high level indexes. If the library fills up during restore, the members up to the one noted in message DOCTOR074 are restored and the library is intact. Use the LIBRARY=EXTEND feature if you wish to enlarge the library or simply reallocate a new, larger library and restart the restore. When determining whether a member will fit, an estimate is made of the number of additional directory blocks and higher level indexes needed. This estimate insures the successful completion of the restore but may allow one or two more blocks than are actually needed for the operation. If library space is limited, always issue a LIBR RELEASE command before attempting the restore.

RESTORE=LIBRARY Page 275

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

RESTORE=LIBRARY Operand Summary

Operand Required?

RESTORE=LIBRARY

Yes

BLOCKSIZE=n

FIND=filename|’file-id’

FORMAT=A|B|C|D|E

GR=nnn

LABEL=NO

LIBRARY=ADD|NEW|CREATE|EXTEND|LIBR

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

MEMBER=SELECT|REJECT

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH|YES

RFILENAME=SYSLIB|filename

RP=YES|NO

SEQNO=nn

SKIP=nnn

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1

TI=SYSnnn

TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

UPSI=012345678

WAIT=n

Note 1

Note 1: RFILENAME defaults to SYSLIB when LIBRARY=ADD|NEW|LIBR is specified. RFILENAME is required when LIBRARY=CREATE|EXTEND is specified, there is no default.

REstore=LIbrary

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: RE=LI

BLocksize=n

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 276 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: BL=n

FInd=filename|’file-id’

Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct input dataset. You may specify either the 1-7 character filename matching the “DD

Abbreviation: FI=filename|’file-id’

FOrmat=A|B|C|D|E

Specify this operand to control the listing of sublibrary and members names as they are being processed and where the information will be issued (SYSLOG or

SYSLST).

Value Action

Enable display of member names and sublib names on both SYSLOG and SYSLST.

Enable display of member names on SYSLST only. Sublib names are displayed on both SYSLOG and SYSLST.

Enable display of member names and sublib names on SYSLST only.

Enable display of member names and sublib names on SYSLOG only.

Do not display member names or sublib names on either SYSLOG and

SYSLST. This is the default.

This operand works in conjunction with the PRINT operand. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: FO=A|B|C|D|E

GR=nnn

RESTORE=LIBRARY Page 277

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LAbel=NO

Used to read unlabeled tapes.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LIbrary=Add|New|Create|Extend|Libr

Use this operand to define the operation of a RESTORE|COPY=LIBRARY command.

Value Action

ADD Merges sublibraries and members from a save file into an existing library. Any existing members being restored are replaced. Any sublib or member not currently in the library will be added. All existing sublibraries and members not being copied|restored will not be modified. This is the default.

NEW Deletes all existing sublibraries and members prior to the restore.

CREATE Defines a library only; no data is copied|restored.

EXTEND Defines an additional extent to an existing library only; no data is restored.

LIBR Uses the LIBR i/o routines in place of the Dr.D physical i/o routines.

Abbreviation: LI=A|N|C|E|L

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

MEmber=SElect|REject

(MEMBER=SELECT) or rejected (MEMBER=REJECT).

“to-sublib” name with a ‘&’ sign. All other selector statements, without an above mentioned prefix, will be considered member name selectors.

All selector statements, with the exception of the “to-sublib” specification, may be either the full or generic name. When specifying a generic name, any position

Page 278 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE containing a ‘/’ is always considered a match. An asterisk (*) may be used at the end of the name to cause the matching selection to be based upon only those characters preceding the ‘*’. A single ‘*’, without any preceding characters, will result is selecting all.

An additional statement is required to terminate library selector statements. As

with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement

Abbreviation: ME=SE|RE

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|Both|YEs

LIST enables the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be printed on

SYSLOG. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RFilename=SYSLIB|filename

Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the library to be restored, defined or extended. The Job Control DLBL statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas. RFILENAME defaults to SYSLIB when LIBRARY=ADD|NEW|LIBR is specified. RFILENAME is required when LIBRARY=CREATE|EXTEND is specified, there is no default.

Abbreviation: RF=SYSLIB|filename

RP=YEs|NO

RESTORE=LIBRARY Page 279

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SKip=nnn

Abbreviation: SK=nnn

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr

REw

Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Immediately rewind the tape.

RUn Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

Abbreviation: TD=filename

TI=SYSnnn

Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Page 280 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn

TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day

2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.

The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.

TS=-0

TS=>-1.1200

TS=>-6

TS=01100

TS=>01100.1450

TS=<01100

TS=99100

TS=>99100.1450

Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This

RESTORE=LIBRARY Page 281

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

Page 282 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Restore an existing library

This example restores the entire PROD library. The PROD library must already exist. Because the LIBRARY operand is omitted, it defaults to ADD. No report is generated.

// ASSGN SYS008,180

// TLBL TAPEIN,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’

// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA250

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111

RESTORE=LIBRARY,RFILENAME=PROD

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW

Example: Restore a new library

This example restores the entire PROD library. The PROD library does not exist, it will be created immediately prior to restoring the data. No report is generated.

// ASSGN SYS008,180

// TLBL TAPEIN,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’

// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY',2099/365

// EXTENT sys002,FBA250,1,0,5474,91200

// ASSGN SYS002,250

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111

RESTORE=LIBRARY,RFILENAME=PROD,FORMAT=NEW

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW

Example: Restore a library with report generation

This example restores the entire PROD library. The sublibraries that are restored will be displayed on the console and both the sublib names and member names restored will be reported on SYSLST.

// ASSGN SYS008,180

// TLBL TAPEIN,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’

// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA250

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111

RESTORE=LIBRARY,RFILENAME=PROD,FORMAT=B,PRINT=YES

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW

RESTORE=LIBRARY Page 283

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Restore selected sublib to different sublib

This example restores all members of the PROD.PR$260 sublibrary to

PROD.PR$261 sublibrary. Both the sublibrary and member names that are saved will be reported only on SYSLST.

// ASSGN SYS008,180

// TLBL TAPEIN,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’

// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA250

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LIBRARY,RF=PROD,FORMAT=C,PRINT=LIST,MEMBER=SELECT

+PR$260 SUBLIBRARY PR$260

&PR$261 RESTORE-TO PR$261

/@ TERMINATES SELECTION

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW

Example: Restore selected members to different sublib

This example restores all phases starting with IJZ which resided in the

PROD.PR$260 sublibrary on the save tape to PROD.PR$261 sublibrary. Both the sublibrary and member names that are saved will be reported only on SYSLST.

// ASSGN SYS008,180

// TLBL TAPEIN,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’

// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA250

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LIBRARY,RF=PROD,FORMAT=C,PRINT=LIST,MEMBER=SELECT

+PR$260 SUBLIBRARY PR$260

&PR$261 RESTORE-TO PR$261

!PHASE SELECT TYPE 'PHASE'

IJZ///// SELECT MEMBERS PREFIXED BY 'IJZ'

/@ TERMINATES SELECTION

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW

Example: Create BAM library

This example creates a library in BAM space on PACK01.

// DLBL BAMLIB,'VSE.BAM.LIBRARY',2099/365

// EXTENT SYS002,PACK01,1,0,15,1500

// ASSGN SYS002,DISK,VOL=PACK01,SHR

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LIBRARY,UPSI=111,LIBRARY=CREATE,RFILENAME=BAMLIB

Page 284 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Extend a BAM library

This job stream extends a library in BAM space.

// DLBL BAMLIB,'VSE.BAM.LIBRARY',2099/365

// EXTENT SYS002,PACK01,1,0,15,1500

// EXTENT SYS002,PACK01,1,1,6000,750 (extent to be added)

// ASSGN SYS002,DISK,VOL=PACK01,SHR

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LIBRARY,UPSI=111,LIBRARY=EXTEND,RFILE=BAMLIB

Example: Create a VSAM library

This example creates a VSAM library.

// DLBL VSLIB,'VSE.VSAM.LIBRARY',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSUC,DISP=(OLD,KEEP)

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LIBRARY,UPSI=111,LIBRARY=CREATE,RFILE=VSLIB

Example: Extend a VSAM library

This example extends a VSAM library.

// DLBL VSLIB,'VSE.VSAM.LIBRARY',,VSAM,CAT=IJSYSUC,DISP=(OLD,KEEP)

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LIBRARY,UPSI=111,LIBRARY=EXTEND,RFILE=VSLIB

RESTORE=LIBRARY Page 285

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume

Logical Volume Restore Feature

The Logical Volume Restore feature allows non-VSAM files to be restored on a logical file basis without having to specify either the disk or disk track/block address, allowing users to selectively restore files on one or more disks.

The SVOLID operand must be entered to define the original disk volume serial number of the file(s) being restored. It is used for tape positioning. The RVOLID operand is also required to define the target disk volume serial numbers to which the file(s) will be restored. Up to 30 volsers may be specified by RVOLID.

During the restore operation, the beginning relative track number for the generated extent cards can be set through use of the EB (Extent Begin) operand.

One purpose of this is to set the 'trigger' for disk managers since each generated extent begins at the value entered, thus allowing the disk manager to allocate space for files being restored.

The PARTIAL= operand allows files to be selected during the restore operation.

The files may be selected/rejected on either an individual or generic (group)

basis. See Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for additional

details about using PARTIAL=.

File(s) may be restored to the same name as when they were saved or they may

be renamed at restore time. See Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for additional details about renaming files.

The AREA= operand indicates that a reorganization restore is being performed by allowing you to limit the area of the disk(s) to contain the restored files.

If restoring under the control of a disk manager, use the DM= operand to allow the disk manager to allocate file space, and the PID= (Pool ID) to specify the pseudo volser for disk manager use. Do not specify DM= unless the disk manager is to allocate the space.

Page 286 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Disk Reorganization

The Logical Volume Restore feature allows the elimination of disk fragmentation and/or relocation of files by three methods:

1. Full Reorganization: Each file is restored contiguously starting with the first

(or only) disk, filling each disk (or disk area) as fully as possible. This method is invoked by specifying either 'EB=Rnnnnnn' for single volume restore or 'AREA=' for multiple volume restores. (This method may leave existing file extents in unused areas of a disk pool.)

2. Full In Place Reorganization: All disks in the pool are reorganized while keeping each file's extents in place on its original disk(s). This method is invoked by specifying 'EB=RS' and 'AREA='.

3. Partial In Place Reorganization: Selected disks are reorganized keeping each file's extents in place on its original disk(s). This method is invoked by specifying 'EB=RS', 'AREA=', and 'VOLSELECT='.

RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 287

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

RESTORE=LOGICAL - Volume Operand Summary

Operand Required?

RESTORE=LOGICAL

Yes

AREA=(s1-e1,s2-e2,…)

BLOCKSIZE=n

CFACTOR=n|0

DATE=yyddd|+n

DELETE=YES

DM=E|D|S

EB=nnn|NO|Rnnn|RS

ERROR=IGNORE

GENERATION=L|F|nnn

GR=nnn

HV=NO|YES|HOLD

LABEL=NO

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT

PID=NONE|dmpoolid

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

RVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

SEQNO=nn

SKIP=nnn

SPLIT=NO

SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1

TI=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

USEREXIT=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

VOLSELECT=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

WAIT=n

XS=0|n

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 288 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

REstore=LOgical

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: RE=LO

ARea=(s1-e1,s2-e2,…)

Defines the area(s) of disk to be restored to. Each set of AREA values is a starting and ending track or FBA block number separated by a dash '-'. If the specification is a repeat of the last entered, a single 'R' may be entered. The entries are assumed to be in one to one correspondence with the RVOLID entries.

Abbreviation: AR=(s1-e1,s2-e2,…)

BLocksize=n

Abbreviation: BL=n

CFactor=n|0

Use this operand to change the allocation for each file being restored. The value specified is a percentage change. A value of 110 would increase the allocation by

10%; a value of 90 would decrease the allocation by 10%. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of 0 is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

Abbreviation: CF=n|0

DAte=yyddd|+n

Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being restored. Use yyddd to specify an absolute julian date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99=19yy)

Use +n to specify a date relative to the current IPL date. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n

DElete=YEs|NO

RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 289

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE specified as YES, Dr.D will modify the expiration date to ‘00000’ of any existing file with the same dataset name before attempting to restore it.

Abbreviation: DE=YE

DM=E|D|S

Use this operand to indicate the file being restored will be allocated by a Disk

Management product.

Value Action

Indicates the Disk Manager is BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC.

Indicates the Disk Manager is CA-Dynam/D.

S Indicates the Disk Manager is CA-System Manager. This option will generate a sysin file with System Manager JCL.

This operand is may also require the EB= and PID= operands.

Abbreviation: DM=E|D|S

EB=nnn|NO|Rnnn|RS

Use this operand to indicate the value to be placed in the start track field of the generated EXTENT statement.

Value Action

nnn

Generates VSE labels with EXTENT values where the relative starting track value is set to nnn for all files.

Rnnn

Generates VSE labels without extent cards. Useful when restoring files controlled in a Disk Manager’s catalog.

Generates VSE labels with EXTENT values where the relative starting track value is set to nnn for 1 st

file and each subsequent file will be contiguous with the previous.

RS Specifies an “in place” reorganization where each file stays on the disk(s) it resided on during the backup. This option requires use of the AREA= operand to define the area(s) of the disk(s) being reorganized.

Abbreviation: EB=nnn|NO|Rnnn|RS

ERror=IGnore

Specify ERROR=IGNORE in conjunction with the PARTIAL operand to prevent cancellation after message DOCTOR316 (indicating no files are selected) is issued.

Abbreviation: ER=IG

Page 290 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

GEneration=L|F|nnn

Use this operand to select disk manager files for restore by the generation number of each file. This operand requires DM= to also be specified.

Value Action

L Select most current generation.

Nnn

Select oldest generation.

Select specific generation number.

Abbreviation: GE=L|F|nnn

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

HV=NO|YEs|HOld

Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO

LAbel=NO

Used to read unlabeled tapes.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 291

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PArtial=SElect|REject

Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.

The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be restored and/or to

rename the file(s) being restored. See Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename

Process on page 25 for additional details.

Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE

PId=NOne|dmpoolid

Specifies the disk manager 'pool identifier' into which files are to be allocated.

Used in conjunction with the DM (disk manager) operand. In some cases,

PI=NONE should be used to allow the disk manager to properly process

'cataloged' files.

Abbreviation: PI=NO|dmpoolid

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

Page 292 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RVolid=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Use this operand to specify the volser(s) of the output (target) volume(s) during a restore operation. Specify up to 30 volsers to designate the pool of disks to which individual files are to be restored. The pool of disks is assumed to be in one to one correspondence with the SV= volsers.

Abbreviation: RV=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SKip=nnn

Abbreviation: SK=nnn

SPlit=NO

Use this operand to prevent SD files from being split into multiple extents when a reorganizing restore is being performed. DA files are never split.

Abbreviation: SP=NO

SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Use this operand to specify the input (source) volser(s). This operand is used to properly position the input tape for the restore operation.

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 293

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw

RUn

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

Abbreviation: TD=filename

TI=SYSnnn

Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

USerexit=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

logical records. See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.

For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:

NF constant

phasename

is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

For Type 2 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=phasename/mm/tzzzzzz' where:

Page 294 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

t phasename mm zzzzzz

is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

processing mode flag. ‘IO’ to Send/Receive logical records; ‘EX’ to inspect logical records.

is the type of core image phase. ‘L’ for relocatable and self-relocating programs; ‘A’ for absolute address programs.

is either the decimal length of the program for relocatable and self-relocating (‘L’) programs or the hexadecimal load address for absolute address (‘A’) programs.

For Type 2 user exits also require an EXIT parameter statement. Refer to the section User Exits for additional details.

Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

VOlselect=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Select files for restore that fully or partially reside on the specified disk(s) during backup.

Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx| (xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

XS=0|n

This operand allows the starting extent sequence number for each file to start at other than the default value zero.

Abbreviation: XS=0|n

RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 295

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Restore all files

This example restores all files that were saved by a SAVE=LOGICAL - Volume function. The DELETE=YES operand is being used to bypass operator intervention in case the files being restored still exist on the disk.

// TLBL TAPEIN

// ASSGN SYS008,280

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LOGICAL,SVOLID=111111,RVOLID=111111,DELETE=YES

RE=NO,TA=RE

Example: Restore specific file

This example restores the file with file id “DATA.FILE1” and any files starting with “GL.SYS”, but does not restore “GL.SYS.GARBAGE”. It starts each extent at relative track 1 to allow a disk management system to allocate disk space. Refer

to Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for additional details

concerning file selection during restore operations.

// TLBL TAPEIN

// ASSGN SYS008,280

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LOGICAL,SVOLID=111111,RVOLID=111111,PARTIAL=SELECT,EB=1

DATA.FILE1

GL.SYS.GARBAGE @REVERSE@

GL.SYS*

RE=NO,TA=RE

Page 296 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: File rename restore

Restore multiple files to be used for testing. All files which start with the characters ‘PAYROLL’ will be restored with the character string ‘TEST.’ inserted into the front of each name. All files which have the characters ‘COST’ will be restored with the character string ‘COST’ being replaced by the characters ‘CA’ and the character string ‘TEST1.’ inserted into the front of each name. All files will be restored to the pack VOLSRT and will be restored contiguously starting

at track 15. Refer to Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for

additional details concerning file selection during restore operations.

// ASSGN SYS008,181

// MTC REW,SYS008

// TLBL TAPEIN

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111

RESTORE=LO,SV=VOLSR1,RV=VOLSRT,EB=R15,PA=SE

PAYROLL*

=P=TEST.

=S=COST

=T=COST=CA

=P=TEST1.

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW

Example: Restore files from one volume to a contiguous area on another volume

This example restores the files saved from the disk on 132 (volser=222222) to another disk on 133 (volser=333333). It then restores the files to the contiguous area starting with track 12. Please note that the save file was originally created with the SVOLID=(111111,222222) operand.

// TLBL TAPEIN

// ASSGN SYS008,280

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LOGICAL,SVOLID=111111,VOLSELECT=222222,RVOLID=333333,EB=R12

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW

RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 297

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Restore after interruption

This example assumes the restore was interrupted after restoring 15 files. It now begins with the sixteenth restore.

// TLBL TAPEIN

// ASSGN SYS008,280

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LOGICAL,SVOLID=111111,RVOLID=111111,SKIP=015

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW

Example: Restore and Reorganize

This example restores and reorganizes a pool of disk space on three 3380 disks having volume serial numbers VOLSR1,VOLSR2, and VOLSR3. The space on the first disk is in cylinder 1 through 100, the second and third, 100 through 600.

Each extent of each file will be kept on its original disk. It changes the expiration date of each file being replaced on disk so that no 'overlap' messages occur and no operator intervention is needed.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111

SAVE=LO,SV=(VOLSR1,VOLSR2,VOLSR3),AREA=(15-1500,1500-9000,R)

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEIN,. . .

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111

RESTORE=LO,SV=VOLSR1,RV=(VOLSR1,VOLSR2,VOLSR3),DELETE=YES,*

AREA=(15-1500,1500-9000,R),EB=RS

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW

Page 298 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: BIM-EPIC restore of DSN catalog controlled files

This example illustrates restoring using BIM-EPIC DSN catalog controlled files.

The EPIC interface is initially established by the DM=E operand. Because BIM-

EPIC maintains the information needed to generate EXTENT statements in its

DSN catalog, the EB=NO operand is used to inhibit the creation of EXTENT statements by Dr.D. The RVOLID operand is still required even though it will be overridden to the appropriate disk pool by EPIC. RVOLID should be specified using the volser of the same device type as the EPIC pool.

// TLBL TAPEIN

// ASSGN SYS008,280

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LOGICAL,SVOLID=POOL01,RVOLID=111111,DM=E,EB=NO

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW

Example: BIM-EPIC restore of Start Track 1 files

This example illustrates restoring BIM-EPIC Start Track 1 controlled files. The

EPIC interface is initially established by the DM=E operand. To enable Dr.D to setup appropriate EXTENT information for the EPIC Start Track 1 feature, the EB operand is set to the same value as the EPIC STRTRK processing option value.

Additionally, the PID operand is used to specify the EPIC disk pool name. The

RVOLID operand is still required even though it will be overridden to the appropriate disk pool by EPIC. RVOLID should be specified using the volser of the same device type as the EPIC pool.

// TLBL TAPEIN

// ASSGN SYS008,280

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LOGICAL,SVOLID=POOL01,RVOLID=111111,DM=E,EB=1,PID=POOL02

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW

RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 299

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: CA-System Manager restore

Let System Manager allocate the files during the restore. The files were saved from a 3340 disk and are being restored to space on 3380 disks, so the tracks to be allocated must be adjusted using the CFACTOR operand. We know that five

3340 track length records can fit on each 3380 track, so a ratio of one to five is needed to adjust the 3380 allocation, or 'CF=020'.

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEIN,. . .

// DLBL SYSIN,'IJSYSIN',NEW,TRACKS=15,SYS001

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111

RESTORE=LOGICAL,SVOLID=VOLSR1,RVOLID=VOLSR1,DM=SM,CFACTOR=020,*

PID=VOLSR1

// ASSGN SYS000,SYSRDR

// MTC REW,SYS008

// TLBL TAPEIN

// DLBL IJSYSIN,'IJSYSIN',OLD,SYSIN

Note: that the PID (POOL ID) operand is used to direct the files to a particular disk (V=VOLSR1 is added to the DLBL(s) ).

Page 300 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM

VSAM Logical Restore Feature

The VSAM Logical Restore feature is designed to restore all or some of the files previously saved by the VSAM Logical Save feature with a single Dr.D request.

All files saved or only those identified through user selection criteria (refer to

Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process) can be restored as well as all associated files. Files restored using this feature may be renamed and a wide array of attributes may be modified.

To invoke this feature, specify RESTORE=LOGICAL as the first entry on the control statement. The label identifying the target VSAM catalog is required and is identified to Dr.D through the RCAT operand. Dr.D also uses the file-id from the label for the RCAT filename to properly position the save tape. If the save catalog had a different file-id than that of the RCAT filename, then a label for the saved catalog is required and identified to Dr.D through the SCAT operand.

Note that the saved catalog label is retrieved for its file-id only and for no other purpose.

No labels are required for any suballocated file restored by the Dr.D VSAM

Logical Restore feature. In addition, no labels are required for any unique file restored by the Dr.D VSAM Logical Restore feature if Dr.D is not required to invoke VSAM for file definition.

When restoring a VSAM unique file using the Dr.D VSAM Logical Restore feature where Dr.D is required to invoke VSAM for file definition, two label sets are required for each unique KSDS file and one label set is required for each unique ESDS or RRDS file:

// DLBL DILnnnn,,,VSAM

DLBL/EXTENT required for KSDS ESDS RRDS

// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number

// DLBL XILnnnn,,,VSAM

DLBL/EXTENT required for KSDS only

// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number

The filename to be used is the generated name where the first character is altered to the letter ‘D’ (to identify the data component) or to the letter ‘X’ (to identify the index component). Any specified file-id will be ignored since VSAM always uses the name of the component as the file-id. Extent information is required to identify where on the target volume each component is to reside.

RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 301

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

VSAM Automatic Definition Feature

The Dr.D VSAM Automatic Definition Feature simplifies restoring of VSAM files by eliminating the need for a separate IDCAMS job step.

When saving VSAM files (clusters, AIX’s, path’s, etc) to a Dr.D save file, the catalog definition for that file is also automatically saved. This definition is then used as the basis for defining the file during the restore process. The use of this feature is optional and is controlled using the AUTO= operand. The default for this operand is AUTO=YES.

With the AUTO=YES operand in effect during the restore process, Dr.D

examines the target VSAM catalog (after adjusting for any requested name changes) and selects one of the following actions:

•

If the file does not exist in the target catalog, Dr.D defines a new file using the saved definition.

•

If the file does exist in the target catalog but contains no records, Dr.D will restore into the empty file ignoring the saved definition.

•

Use of the FD= operand allows this logic to be altered to allow files to be redefined unconditionally, optionally with the primary allocation recalculated.

In addition, the listing generated when IDCAMS is invoked for a delete/define can also be obtained by specifying the IDCAMS=PRINT operand.

When the cluster names of the input and output are the same, the component

(data and index) names will be maintained by the Automatic Definition Feature.

When renaming the cluster during the restore, the NAME=GEN option will be forced.

These techniques provide the maximum flexibility to enable file definitions to be changed while at the same time providing maximum automation for regular save and reorganization functions. It is also fully compatible with Dr.D job streams where IDCAMS is already invoked prior to the Dr.D restore function.

Page 302 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

VSAM Automatic Definition Override Feature

Users of the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature can override several attributes when the file is defined using additional operands for modifying definitions. The available operands are:

Operand Function

BUFFERSPACE=n|1|N

CDATA=dataprimaryusecls/

datasecondaryusecls|N

Override the BUFFERSPACE specification.

Override the data allocation classes.

CFACTOR=n|0

DATE=yyddd|+n|0

Change the space occupied.

CNSIZE=datacisize/idxcisize|N

Change the data and index CI sizes.

CX=idxprimaryusecls/

idxsecondaryusecls|N

Override the index allocation classes.

Override VSAM TO/FOR specification.

FD=C|D|M

FREESPACE=cifreespace/

cafreespace|N

NAME=GEN|NOGEN

RVOLID=xxxxxx|

(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Primary allocation recalculation.

Override the FREESPACE specification.

Override the NAME specification for

Data and Index components.

Override the VOLUME specification.

SOPTION=datashroptions/

idxshroptions|N

VCOMPRESS=YES

XL=YES|NO

Override the SHAREOPTION specification.

Set the “COMPRESSED” attribute.

Set the “EXTRALARGEDATASET” attribute.

RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 303

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Multivolume VSAM Catalogs

When a VSAM file is saved, the volume(s) on which it resides (both prime and candidate) are recorded in its saved definition. When the VSAM file is restored and the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature is active, the volume serial numbers recorded in the saved definition are compared to the volume serial numbers owned by the target catalog.

If all the volume serial numbers in the saved definition are currently volumes owned by the target catalog, the same volume serial numbers are used in the definition. If any of the volume serial numbers in the saved definition are not currently volumes owned by the target catalog, only the catalog owned volume serial numbers are used in the definition. This action can be influenced by:

•

Use the RVOLID= operand to direct the definition to one or more particular volume serial numbers.

•

Use the VSAM Automatic Definition Override Feature.

•

Use the AUTO=ROTATE operand to spread allocations across candidate volumes.

VSAM Device Independence

The VSAM Automatic Definition Feature fully supports device independence between the DASD device type used when the file was saved and the DASD device type used when the file is restored.

If the DASD device type is different when the restore begins, the space allocations for the file are adjusted in proportion to the relative track capacities

(or FBA blocksize) of the two DASD device types. Full independence between

CKD, ECKD and FBA architecture is supported.

Page 304 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

Operand

RESTORE=LOGICAL Operand Summary

Required?

RESTORE=LOGICAL

ASSOCIATIONS=YES|NO

AUTO=YES|NO|ROTATE

Yes

BLOCKSIZE=n

BUFFERSPACE=n|1|N

CDATA=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N

CFACTOR=n|0

CNSIZE=datacisize/idxcisize|N

CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N

DATE=yyddd|+n|0

ERROR=IGNORE

FD=C|D|M|N|R

FREESPACE=cifreespace/cafreespace|N

GR=nnn

HIKEY=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’

IDCAMS=PRINT

LABEL=NO

LOWKEY=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

MRECORDS=n

NAME=GEN|NOGEN

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RCAT=filename

RP=YES|NO

RVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

RWORD=filepassword

SCAT=filename

SEQNO=nn

SKIP=nnn

SOPTION=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N

SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Yes

Global?

Yes

RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 305

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Operand

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1

TI=SYSnnn

RESTORE=LOGICAL Operand Summary

Required?

UPSI=012345678

USEREXIT=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

VBUFF=n

VCOMPRESS=YES

VRTYPE=E|K|R|N|S|P

WAIT=n

WR=catalogwritepassword

XL=YES|NO

REstore=LOgical

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: RE=LO

ASsociations=YEs|NO

Specify YES to cause all saved associated files (PATH’s and AIX’s) to be restored.

Specifying NO will result in the associated files being bypassed.

ASSOCIATIONS=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: AS=YE|NO

AUto=YEs|NO|ROtate

Use this operand to control the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature.

Value Action

YES

ROTATE

Invoke automatic file definition as necessary (default).

Do not invoke automatic file definition (the target file must be predefined and ready to accept data).

Abbreviation: AU=YE|NO|RO

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 306 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

BLocksize=n

Abbreviation: BL=n

BUfferspace=n|1|N

If a value greater than 256 is specified, that value is used as the bufferspace for each file.

If a value of 2-256 is specified, the existing bufferspace is multiplied by that value.

If a value of 1 is specified, no bufferspace will be specified when a define is accomplished for this file.

This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

Abbreviation: BU=n|1|N

CData=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N

Abbreviation: CD=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N

CFactor=n|0

RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 307

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: CF=n|0

CNsize=datacisize/idxcisize|N

Abbreviation: CN=datacisize/idxcisize|N

CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N

Abbreviation: CX=indexprimaryusecls/indexsecondaryusecls

DAte=yyddd|+n|0

Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being defined by the Dr.D

Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n|0

ERror=IGnore

Specify ERROR=IGNORE in conjunction with the PARTIAL operand to prevent cancellation after message DOCTOR316 (indicating no files are selected) is issued.

Abbreviation: ER=IG

FD=C|D|M|N|R

Value Action

The file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation increased so the restored file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary size allocation.

The file is deleted and redefined.

The file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation recomputed based on the high-used RBA of the so the restored file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary

Page 308 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Value Action

size allocation.

The file is deleted and redefined unless it is empty or defined as reusable.

The existing definition is to be reset if the file exists (even if not defined as reusable). Otherwise, the file is defined.

This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: FD=C|D|M|N|R

FReespace=cifreespace/cafreespace|N

Abbreviation: FR=cifreespace/cafreespace

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

HIghkey=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’

RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 309

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: HI=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’

IDcams=PRint

Use this operand in conjunction with the PRINT operand to cause printing of

Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature IDCAMS DELETE and DEFINE commands and their corresponding results.

Abbreviation: ID=PR

LAbel=NO

Specifies use of an unlabeled tape as input.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LOwkey=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’

Abbreviation: LO=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

MRecords=n

Specify this operand with a value in the range of 0-99999999 to limit the number of logical records to be restored to each file. Specify MRECORDS=0 to cause files to be defined or modified only (with no records restored), depending upon the setting of the FD operand. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: MR=n

NAme=GEn|NOgen

This operand is used to tell the VSAM file definition function to let IDCAMS generate the data and index names instead of using the data and index names as saved. NOGEN, the default, will restore the file using the same name as was

Page 310 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE used during the SAVE function unless overridden by a rename statement (refer to Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process). GEN will force the use of

VSAM generated names.

Abbreviation: NA=GE|NO

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PArtial=SElect|REject

Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.

The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be restored and/or to

rename the file(s) being restored. For additional information, see “Logical

Selection/Rejection/Rename Process” on page 25

Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RCat=filename

Specify this operand to identify the filename of the VSAM catalog to receive the files to be restored. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the initial control statement. Also, specify the SCAT operand only if the file-id of the save catalog is different from the file-id on the label for RCAT.

Abbreviation: RC=filename

RP=YEs|NO

RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 311

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE section of this manual. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

RVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Use this operand to override the VOLUME specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. Specify up to 30 volsers

(of those assigned to the RCAT catalog) enclosed in parentheses. If a value of

NO is specified, the file definitions will exclude any data or index volume specification.

Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

RWord=filepassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character password of the VSAM file being restored to.

Abbreviation: RW=filepassword

SCat=filename

Specify this operand to identify the label reflecting the file-id of the save catalog if that file-id is different than the file-id on the label for RCAT. Dr.D uses the fileid of the save catalog to properly position the save tape.

Note: the SCAT label is retrieved for its file-id only and for no other purpose.

Abbreviation: SC=filename

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SKip=nnn

Abbreviation: SK=nnn

SOption=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N

Page 312 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE is shared within a single VSE system and the second digit specifies how the component is shared across multiple VSE systems. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

Abbreviation: SO=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N

SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Use this operand to restore only files which resided on the specified volser(s) when the save file was created. Specify up to 30 volsers to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be selected. This operand also requires a

PARTIAL=SELECT operand to define which file(s) should be restored (a dataset name selector of an asterisk (*) will select all files).

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

Value Action

NOr

Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw

RUn

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

Abbreviation: TD=filename

TI=SYSnnn

Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 313

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

USerexit=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

logical records. See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.

For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:

phasename

constant is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

For Type 2 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=phasename/mm/tzzzzzz' where:

phasename

is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

mm t

processing mode flag. ‘IO’ to Send/Receive logical records; ‘EX’ to inspect logical records.

is the type of core image phase. ‘L’ for relocatable and self-relocating programs; ‘A’ for absolute address programs.

zzzzzz

is either the decimal length of the program for relocatable and self-relocating (‘L’) programs or the hexadecimal load address for absolute address (‘A’) programs.

For Type 2 user exits also require an EXIT parameter statement. Refer to the section User Exits for additional details.

Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

VBuff=n

VB=100 sets the buffer space used by Dr.D to 100,000. This operand will default to 3 times the default or specified tape blocksize value (see BLOCKSIZE operand).

BUFFERSPACE operand).

Abbreviation: VB=n

VCompress=YEs

Use this operand to have the compressed attribute specified for each qualifying

VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. Dr.D

Page 314 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE accomplishes qualification for each file restored using the rules as delineated by

VSAM. This allows files to be restored into compressed format with no need to pre-qualify those files. The FD= operand should be used to assure that file redefinition is performed.

Note: the files to be restored with the compressed attribute must have been saved with FAST=NO.

Abbreviation: VC=YE

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

WR=catalogwritepassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog write or higher password.

Abbreviation: WR=catalogwritepassword

XL=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: XL=YE|NO

RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 315

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Restore one VSAM catalog

Restore all files previously saved from a VSAM catalog, including all associated

PATH’s and AIX’s.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,ASSOCIATIONS=YES

Example: Restore to a different VSAM catalog

Restore all the files saved from a VSAM catalog, including all associated PATH’s and AIX’s, to a different VSAM catalog.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.ONE’,,VSAM

// DLBL TEMP1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.TEMP.ONE’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=TEMP1,ASSOCIATIONS=YES,SC=UCAT1

Example: Restore multiple catalogs in single execution

Restore all files previously saved from a VSAM catalog, including all associated

PATH’s and AIX’s. The SAVE tape was created with at least 2 catalogs on it.

Following the restore, the input tape will be unloaded.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.ONE’,,VSAM

// DLBL TEMP1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.TEMP.ONE’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,ASSOCIATIONS=YES

RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT2,ASSOCIATIONS=YES

RESTORE=NOPERATION,TAPE=RUN

Page 316 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Restore a suballocated VSAM file

Restore the file ‘A.VSAM.FILE’ and all files that start with the character string

‘PAY’. Following the restore, the input tape will be rewound. For additional

details on file selection and file renaming, see “Logical

Selection/Rejection/Rename Process” on page 25.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,PA=SE

A.VSAM.FILE

PAY*

RE=NO,TA=REW

Example: Restore with rename

Restore certain files renaming them in the process. All file-id’s beginning with

CUR.STAT.FILE are to be prefixed with the character ‘TEST.’. The file-id

‘ONE.SPECIAL.FILE’ is to be changed to ‘ONE.COMMON.FILE’. All file-id’s containing the character string ‘.PRMASTER’ in any position are to have those characters removed and the remaining file-id is to be prefixed with the characters

‘PAYROLL.MASTER,’ resulting in the following file-id standardization:

Original Name

EMPLOYEE.PRMASTER

===

YTD.PRMASTER

===

QTD.PRMASTER

===

New Name After Restore

PAYROLL.MASTER.EMPLOYEE

PAYROLL.MASTER.YTD

PAYROLL.MASTER.QTD

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LOGICAL,RCAT=UCAT1,PARTIAL=SELECT

CUR.STAT.FILE*

=P=TEST.

ONE.SPECIAL.FILE

ONE.COMMON.FILE @RENAME@

=S=PRMASTER

=T=.PRMASTER=

=P=PAYROLL.MASTER.

RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 317

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Restore a suballocated VSAM file eliminating secondary allocations

Restore a suballocated VSAM KSDS file. When the file is restored, its file definition will be changed to increase the primary allocation and eliminate all secondary allocations. The IDCAMS Delete/Define statements will be printed on

SYSLST as a result of the IDCAMS=PRINT specification on the RESTORE=NO command. Being a global command, IDCAMS=PRINT can be specified on either statement. Following the restore, the input tape will be unloaded.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,IDCAMS=PRINT

RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,PA=SE,AUTO=YES,FD=C

A.VSAM.FILE

RE=NO,TA=RU

Example: Restore a VSAM file using Automatic Definition Overrides

Restore a suballocated VSAM KSDS file. When the file is restored, it will be redefined to increase the CISIZE of the data component to 8092 and the CISIZE of the index component will be set to 2048.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,PA=SE,AUTO=YES,FD=D,CN=8092/2048

A.VSAM.FILE

Example: Restore a unique KSDS without Automatic File Definition

Restore a unique VSAM KSDS file. The file currently exists and, therefore, need not be defined by the Dr.D automatic file definition facility.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,PA=SE,AUTO=NO

UNIQUE.FILE

Page 318 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Restore a unique KSDS with Automatic File Definition

Restore a unique VSAM KSDS file. The file does not currently exist as desired and, therefore, needs to be defined by the Dr.D automatic file definition facility.

The filename generated when this file was saved was FIL0000.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL DIL0000,,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1

// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number

// DLBL XIL0000,,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1

// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=LOGICAL,RC=UCAT1,PA=SE,AUTO=YES,FD=D

UNIQUE.FILE

Example: Restore one disk of a full catalog

A full catalog backup may be restored so that only files that resided on a particular disk (fully or partially at save time) are restored.

// TLBL TAPEIN

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL UCAT2,'VSAM.USER.CATALOG.TWO',,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

REST=LOGICAL,RCAT=UCAT2,SVOL=VSAM01,ASSOCIATIONS=YES,PARTIAL=SELECT

/@ TERMINATES SELECTION

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN

RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 319

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RESTORE=PHYSICAL

Dr.D enables users to RESTORE portions of a disk on a physical track/block basis, independent of Volumes, Data Files, or Libraries.

This function is valuable for its ability to manipulate data at the physical level.

module - DOCTOR02. If a security package is available, the use of DOCTOR02 can be easily controlled, otherwise DOCTOR02 can be placed in a restricted library, or kept on tape and only restored by authorized persons.

The disk to be restored is determined by the volume assignment associated with the RSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the

administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional

information). Use of RVOLID is recommended. When using RVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment.

Whenever you are restoring in the physical mode, you must specify the Restore

Mode operand, RMODE. There are four options available for RMODE.

Squeeze mode (RMODE=S), applicable to ECKD and CKD restores only, will cause Dr.D to restore the extent putting the maximum number of records it can fit on each track. Consider the following:

Page 320 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Three tracks on a 3380 are saved that look like:

TRACK 1 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC

TRACK 2 NO RECORDS - ERASED TRACK

TRACK 3 15000-BYTE REC, 5000-BYTE REC

Restoring those three tracks with RMODE=I would yield the exact same layout:

TRACK 1 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC

TRACK 2 NO RECORDS - ERASED TRACK

TRACK 3 15000-BYTE REC, 5000-BYTE REC

However, if the same operation is done with RMODE=S, the restored tracks would look like:

TRACK 1 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC, 15000-BYTE REC

TRACK 2 5000-BYTE REC

TRACK 3 UNTOUCHED

Add-on mode (RMODE=A) will cause Dr.D to restore the input blocks adding them at the CCHHR address specified by RBEGIN.

If Update mode (RMODE=U) is specified, the contents of each input block is

'UPDATED' into the existing blocks of the output extent, allowing individual blocks on a track to be updated without erasing other blocks on that track.

Update modes are applicable to ECKD and CKD restores only.

RESTORE=PHYSICAL Page 321

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

RESTORE=PHYSICAL Operand Summary

Operand Required?

RESTORE=PHYSICAL

Yes

AREA=SELECT|REJECT

BLOCKSIZE=n

GR=nnn

HV=NO|YES|HOLD

LABEL=NO

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RBEGIN=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

RHALT=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

RMODE=I|S|U|A

RP=YES|NO

RSYSNO=SYSnnn

RVOLID=xxxxxx

SEQNO=nn

SKIP=nnn

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1

TI=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

VM=NO|YES

WAIT=n

Yes

Note 2

Yes

Note 1

Yes

Global?

Yes

Note 1: Either RSYSNO (or defaulted to) or RVOLID is required. It is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used at all times in place of

RSYSNO.

Note 2: If RHALT is omitted, it will default to the RBEGIN value resulting in the restore of a single track/block.

Page 322 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

REstore=PHysical

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: RE=PH

ARea=SElect|REject

One or more selector statements must follow to identify the tracks/blocks to be selected (AREA=SELECT) or rejected (AREA=REJECT).

An additional statement is required to terminate area selector statements. As

with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement

100-1200

400-400R

Abbreviation: AR=SE|RE

BLocksize=n

RESTORE=PHYSICAL Page 323

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: BL=n

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

HV=NO|YEs|HOld

HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.

Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO

LAbel=NO

Used to read unlabeled tapes.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Page 324 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RBegin=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

Use this operand to specify the starting track/block where a restore is to begin on the target device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder

(ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and

Abbreviation: RB=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

RHalt=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block where a restore is to stop on the target device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). Optionally, for CKD and ECKD, the start track may be further qualified to the record number by appending Rnnn

(where nnn is a 1 to 3-digit record) when used in conjunction with

RMODE=U|A. For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.

Abbreviation: RH=ccchh[Rnnn]|block

RMode=I|S|U|A

This operand is used to indicate how Dr.D is to arrange the data being written on the tracks of the output disk during the restore.

Value Action

Restore file in Image mode. The tracks/blocks being restored will be a mirror image of the saved tracks/blocks. This is the default option.

This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.

U Restore file in Update mode. The contents of each input block is

'UPDATED' into the existing blocks of the output extent, allowing individual blocks on a track to be updated without erasing other blocks on that track. This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.

RESTORE=PHYSICAL Page 325

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Value Action

A Restore file in Add-on mode. In this mode, input blocks are added to existing data by adding them at the CCHHR address specified by

RBEGIN. This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.

Abbreviation: RM=I|S|U|A

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

RSysno=SYSnnn

Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the output (target) disk during a restore operation. RSYSNO=SYS002 is the default shipped with Dr.D

but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the restore operation, it is recommended that the RVOLID operand be used in place of RSYSNO.

Abbreviation: RS=SYSnnn

RVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the volser of the output (target) volume during a restore operation.

Abbreviation: RV=xxxxxx

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

Page 326 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SKip=nnn

Abbreviation: SK=nnn

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw

RUn

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

Abbreviation: TD=filename

TI=SYSnnn

Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

VM=NO|YEs

RESTORE=PHYSICAL Page 327

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: VM=NO|YES

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

Examples

Example: Restore multiple tracks in physical image mode

This example restores cylinder 196, head 00 through cylinder 198, head 00 on pack CKD231 from a save tape created by a SAVE=PHYSICAL operation. The saved disk and the output disk are the same device type.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=PH,RBEGIN=19600,RHALT=19800,RMODE=I,RVOLID=CKD231,RMODE=I

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Restore single track from a physical save file

This example restores only cylinder 196, head 00 from pack CKD231 to tape.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=PH,RB=19600,RVOLID=CKD231

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REWIND

Page 328 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Physical restore to a different device type

This example uses a SAVE=PHYSICAL save tape created from a 3375 disk. It restores the area to the end of a 3380 on volume PCK1C1. The file is accessed in a sequential manner to fit the maximum number of records per track on the 3380.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111

RESTORE=PH,RBEGIN=39900,RHALT=40100,RMODE=S,RVOLID=PKD1C1

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Restore VM minidisk from a physical save file

This example restores selected minidisk on a 3390 (on cuu=352) from the tape saved by a SAVE=PHYSICAL operation. The minidisk at cylinder 271-273 is restored to its original location, while the one cylinder mini at cylinder 288 is moved to cylinder 101, keeping its original virtual disk count areas as backed up.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// ASSGN SYS002,352

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RE=NO,UPSI=011

RE=PH,RS=SYS002,VM=YES,RB=27100,RH=45714,AREA=SELECT

27100-27314

28800-28814 TO=K10100

RE=NO,TAPE=RUN

RESTORE=PHYSICAL Page 329

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RESTORE=PUTLABEL

RESTORE=PUTLABEL will recreate a an SD or DA format-1 label in a VTOC without writing any data to the extents.

Control Statement Operands

GR=nnn

RESTORE=PUTLABEL Operand Summary

Operand Required?

RESTORE=PUTLABEL

Yes

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RFILENAME=filename

RP=YES|NO

UPSI=012345678

VSAM=YES

Yes

Global?

Yes

REstore=PUtlabel

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: RE=PU

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

Page 330 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement which will be used to generate a new format-1 label in the VTOC.

Abbreviation: RF=filename

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

RESTORE=PUTLABEL Page 331

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Rebuild format-1 label

This example rebuilds 2 Format-1 labels. The first rebuilds a corrupted label for a random master DA file. The second rebuilds a corrupted label for a file on an

FBA device.

// DLBL RANMAS,'MASTER.FILE',2099/360,DA

// EXTENT SYS001,777771,1,0,20,3980

// EXTENT SYS002,777772,1,1,20,3980

// ASSGN SYS001,131

// ASSGN SYS002,132

// DLBL FBAFILE,'MASTER.FBAFILE',2099/360,SD,CISIZE=4096

// EXTENT SYS010,PCK002,1,0,1000,5000

// ASSGN SYS010,151

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=PUTLABEL,RFILENAME=RANMAS

RESTORE=PUTLABEL,RFILENAME=FBAFILE

Page 332 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RESTORE=SDISK

The RESTORE=SDISK command is used to restore individual sequential disk

(SD) files with data saved using any of the following techniques:

•

The Volume Logical Save feature (SAVE=LOGICAL command)

•

The Non-VSAM Data File Save feature (SAVE=DATA or SAVE=SDISK commands)

•

User Data File

•

Other backup software tape (see Conversion From Other Backup Software

Products on page 458 for additional information)

A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the file to be restored. Its filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the RFILENAME operand.

When using a Dr.D save tape, use the FIND or SKIP operand to position the input to the appropriate file. If the file is not repositioned using FIND or SKIP,

Dr.D will use the filename associated with the RFILENAME DLBL for file selection.

When using a User Data File as input, positioning is required only if there are multiple files on the tape. To position a User Data File, use the SKIP operand.

Using The RMODE Operand

The RMODE (Restore Mode) is an internal switch in Dr.D that is set and used when writing to the disk. Set RMODE to either an 'I' for image or 'S' for squeeze.

When set to 'I', Dr.D exactly mirrors the saved extent during the restore. Partially used tracks, unused tracks, records out of sequence on a track, all appear restored in the same format.

When RMODE is set to 'S', the full track capacity of the restore disk is employed.

When restoring an SD file, RMODE is set to 'S' if it is restored to a new disk type.

Specifying RMODE=I or RMODE=S will override the default as described above.

The only reason for specifying this override is in conversion of direct access from one disk type to another.

RESTORE=SDISK Page 333

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Using The SYNC Operand

However, sometimes you might want to switch output extents before each fills up. Using the SYNC=YES operand will cause the save and restore files' extents to become 'SYNCHRONIZED'.

If there were 100 and 200 records respectively in the first and second extents of a save file, then there will be exactly 100 and 200 records, respectively, in the first and second extents of the restore file (even though they might be able to hold more). Whenever SYNC=YES is specified, the restore file must have as many extents as the save file and each restore extent must be able to accommodate at least as many records as its corresponding save extent.

Page 334 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

RESTORE=SDISK

BLOCKSIZE=n

DATE=yyddd|+n

RESTORE=SDISK Operand Summary

Operand Required?

Yes

DELETE=YES|ppppxx

DTAPE=YES

FIND=filename|’file-id’

GR=nnn

LABEL=NO

LBLOCKSIZE=n

Note 3

Note 1

LRECSIZE=n

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

NRECDS=n

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RFILENAME=filename

RMODE=I|S

RP=YES|NO

R0=YES|NO

SEQNO=nn

Yes

Note 2

SKIP=nnn

SYNC=YES

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1

TI=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

USEREXIT=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

VARIABLE=YES

WAIT=n

Note 1

Yes

Global?

Yes

Note 1: For variable length User Data Files (DTAPE=YES), the LBLOCKSIZE= and VARIABLE=YES operands are required

Note 2: For fixed length User Data Files (DTAPE=YES), the LRECSIZE= and

NRECDS= operands are required.

RESTORE=SDISK Page 335

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Note 3: FIND= is required if the input was created by the Volume Logical Save feature or if it is a backup tape created by another backup software product

REstore=SDisk

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: RE=SD

BLocksize=n

Abbreviation: BL=n

DAte=yyddd|+n

Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being restored. Use yyddd to specify an absolute julian date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99=19yy)

Use +n to specify a date relative to the current IPL date. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n

DElete=YEs|NO|pppphh

Use format DELETE=pppphh to cause records containing a specific single character in a specific record position to be bypassed during the restore function.

Abbreviation: DE=YE|pppphh

DTape=YEs

Use this operand to indicate the input is a User Data File and not a Dr.D save file.

When the input data file contains fixed-length records, you must also specify the

Page 336 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

LR= and NR= operands. When the input data file contains variable-length records, also specify the VARIABLE=YES and LB= operands. Note: Only one

DTAPE=YES restore can be specified per Dr.D execution. If multiple

DTAPE=YES restores are required, accomplish each under a separate Dr.D

execution.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: DT=YE

FInd=filename|’file-id’

Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct input dataset. You may specify either the 1-7 character filename matching the “DD

Abbreviation: FI=filename|’file-id’

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LAbel=NO

Used to read unlabeled tapes.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LBlocksize=n

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: LB=n

LRecsize=n

RESTORE=SDISK Page 337

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as LR=80.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: LR=n

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

NRecds=n

NR=10.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: NR=n

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

Page 338 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RFilename=filename

Abbreviation: RF=filename

RMode=I|S

This operand is used to indicate how Dr.D is to arrange the data being written on the tracks of the output disk during the restore.

Value Action

Restore file in Image mode. The tracks/blocks being restored will be a mirror image of the saved tracks/blocks. This is the default option.

This option is only valid with CKD and ECKD devices.

For SD files, RMODE defaults to ‘SQUEEZE’ (RMODE=S).

Abbreviation: RM=I|S

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

R0=YEs|NO

RESTORE=SDISK Page 339

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SKip=nnn

Abbreviation: SK=nnn

SYnc=YEs

Abbreviation: SY=YE

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw

RUn

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

Page 340 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: TD=filename

TI=SYSnnn

Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the first tape dataset. TI=SYS008 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

USerexit=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

logical records. See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.

For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:

phasename

constant is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

For Type 2 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=phasename/mm/tzzzzzz' where:

phasename

is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

mm t

processing mode flag. ‘IO’ to Send/Receive logical records; ‘EX’ to inspect logical records.

is the type of core image phase. ‘L’ for relocatable and self-relocating programs; ‘A’ for absolute address programs.

zzzzzz

is either the decimal length of the program for relocatable and self-relocating (‘L’) programs or the hexadecimal load address for absolute address (‘A’) programs.

For Type 2 user exits also require an EXIT parameter statement. Refer to the section User Exits for additional details.

Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

RESTORE=SDISK Page 341

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

VAriable=YEs

Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and LB=n operands to indicate the input User Data File contains variable-length records.

Abbreviation: VA=YE

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

Examples

Example: Restore same file using a SAVE=DATA save file

This example restores the same file, ‘DISK.FILE.01’, which was saved by a prior

SAVE=DATA operation. The dataset selected for restore off the save file is retrieved from the DLBL associated with the RFILENAME operand, FILEONE.

// DLBL FILEONE,'DISK.FILE.01',2099/360,SD

// EXTENT ,737723,1,0,20,3980

// EXTENT ,737724,1,1,20,2000,8

// TLBL TAPEIN,'SAVE TAPE'

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111

RESTORE=SD,RFILENAME=FILEONE

Example: Restore file to a new name using a SAVE=DATA save file

This example restores the file ‘OLD.DISK.FILE.01’ as ‘NEW.DISK.FILE.01’. Input to this restore was created by a prior SAVE=DATA operation.

// DLBL FILEONE,'NEW.DISK.FILE.01',2099/360,SD

// EXTENT ,737723,1,0,20,3980

// EXTENT ,737724,1,1,20,2000,8

// TLBL TAPEIN,'SAVE TAPE'

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111

RESTORE=SDISK,RFILENAME=FILEONE,FIND=’OLD.DISK.FILE.01’

Page 342 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Restore individual file using a SAVE=LOGICAL save file

Individual files on a SAVE=LOGICAL save file may be restored using

RESTORE=DATA or RESTORE=SDISK. Because the input save file will generally contain multiple files, the FIND operand is used to position the save file to the correct data.

// TLBL TAPEIN,'SAVE TAPE'

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL SDFILE2,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE2'

// EXTENT SYS003,,1,0,15,500

// ASSGN SYS003,224

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,UPSI=111

RESTORE=SD,RF=SDFILE2,FI='OLD.VERSION.OF.FILE2'

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Restore first and third files using the FIND operand

In this example, FIND is specified and is restoring the first and third files only.

Also note that SYS025 is being used for the input file in place of the default

‘RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW’ command between the RESTORE=SDISK control statements.

// ASSGN SYS025,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEIN,'SOME SAVES'

// DLBL FILEX,'VERSION.OF.FILE1'

// EXTENT SYS003,,1,0,15,500

// ASSGN SYS003,224

// DLBL FILEZ,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE3'

// EXTENT SYS010,,1,0,215,90

// ASSGN SYS010,225

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW,TI=SYS025

RESTORE=SDISK,RFILENAME=FILEX,FIND=FILEX

RESTORE=SDISK,RFILENAME=FILEZ,FIND='FILE ID OF 3RD FILE'

RESTORE=SDISK Page 343

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Using SKIP before restoring

In this example, 'SKIP=NNN' will skip over NNN saved items on the tape before restoring. Because the files are being restored in relative sequence (file=1 first then file=3), the SKIP=001 simply bypasses the second file on the tape.

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEIN,'SOME SAVES'

// DLBL FILEX,'VERSION.OF.FILE1'

// EXTENT SYS003,,1,0,15,500

// ASSGN SYS003,224

// DLBL FILEZ,'NEW.VERSION.OF.FILE3'

// EXTENT SYS010,,1,0,215,90

// ASSGN SYS010,225

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=NO,TAPE=REW

RESTORE=SDISK,RFILENAME=FILEX

RESTORE=SDISK,RFILENAME=FILEZ,SKIP=001

Example: Restore files saved with the User Data File feature

This example restores the two SD files saved by a SAVE=DATA operation which created a User Data File. The first file being restored is a fixed length record file with a record size of 100. The output file created by this restore will result in a blocksize of 1000 (LR=100 time NR=100). The second file being restored is a variable length file. The output file created by this restore will result in a maximum blocksize of 16000 (LB=16000).

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL FIL1,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD

// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,15,300

// DLBL FIL2,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD

// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,4500,6000

// TLBL TAPEIN,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE'

// TLBL TDI0001,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE'

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111

RE=SDISK,RFILENAME=FIL1,DTAPE=YES,LR=100,NRECDS=100

RE=SDISK,RFILENAME=FIL2,DTAPE=YES,VARIABLE=YES,LB=16000

RE=NO,TAPE=REW

Page 344 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RESTORE=VSAM

VSAM Data File Restore Feature

The VSAM Data File Restore feature is used to restore individual VSAM files with data saved using any of the following techniques:

•

The VSAM Logical Save feature (SAVE=LOGICAL command)

•

The VSAM Data File Save feature (SAVE=VSAM command)

•

User Data File

•

Other backup software tape (see Conversion From Other Backup Software

Products on page 458 for additional information)

A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the file to be restored and that filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the

RFILENAME operand.

When restoring to a VSAM unique file using the Dr.D VSAM Data File Restore feature where Dr.D is required to invoke VSAM for file definition, two additional label sets are required for a unique KSDS file and one additional label set is required for a unique ESDS or RRDS file:

// DLBL UNIQUE,’UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM

DLBL for RFILENAME operand

// DLBL DNIQUE,,,VSAM

DLBL/EXTENT required for KSDS ESDS RRDS

// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number

// DLBL XNIQUE,,,VSAM

DLBL/EXTENT required for KSDS only

// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number

For suballocated files, an alternative to the specification of a Job Control DLBL for the output file is to use the RCAT and RIDENT operands in place of the

RFILENAME operand. Use of this format is restricted to tapes created by the

VSAM Logical Save feature or when using a backup tape created by another backup software product where the VSAM autodefine is supported (refer to

Conversion From Other Backup Software Products on page 458).

When restoring using the Dr.D VSAM Data File Restore feature and using a save file produced by other than the Dr.D VSAM Logical Save feature or the Dr.D

RESTORE=VSAM Page 345

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

VSAM Data File Save feature, the target VSAM file must already be defined to the target VSAM catalog with either the REUSE attribute or never have had any data stored. In addition, when the target VSAM file is a KSDS file, the saved records must already be in key sequence.

VSAM Automatic Definition Feature

The Dr.D VSAM Automatic Definition Feature simplifies restoring of VSAM files by eliminating the need for a separate IDCAMS job step.

With the AUTO=YES operand in effect during the restore process, Dr.D

examines the target VSAM catalog (after adjusting for any requested name changes) and selects one of the following actions:

•

If the file does not exist in the target catalog, Dr.D defines a new file using the saved definition.

•

If the file does exist in the target catalog but contains no records, Dr.D will restore into the empty file ignoring the saved definition.

•

Use of the FD= operand allows this logic to be altered to allow files to be redefined unconditionally, optionally with the primary allocation recalculated.

In addition, the listing generated when IDCAMS is invoked for a delete/define can also be obtained by specifying the IDCAMS=PRINT operand.

Page 346 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

VSAM Automatic Definition Override Feature

Users of the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature can override several attributes when the file is defined using the additional operands for modifying definitions.

The available operands are:

Operand Function

BUFFERSPACE=n|1|N

CDATA=dataprimaryusecls/

datasecondaryusecls|N

Override the BUFFERSPACE specification.

Override the data allocation classes.

CFACTOR=n|0

DATE=yyddd|+n|0

Change the space occupied.

CNSIZE=datacisize/idxcisize|N

Change the data and index CI sizes.

CX=idxprimaryusecls/

idxsecondaryusecls|N

Override the index allocation classes.

Override VSAM TO/FOR specification.

FD=C|D|M

FREESPACE=cifreespace/

cafreespace|N

RVOLID=xxxxxx|

(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Primary allocation recalculation.

Override the FREESPACE specification.

Override the VOLUME specification.

SOPTION=datashroptions/

idxshroptions|N

VCOMPRESS=YES

XL=YES|NO

Override the SHAREOPTION specification.

Set the “COMPRESSED” attribute.

Set the “EXTRALARGEDATASET” attribute.

In addition, nearly any definition attribute may be overridden by supplying

IDCAMS style parameters. This option of override is invoked by specifying the

AUTO=OVERRIDE (rather than AUTO=YES).

When using IDCAMS style overrides, each override statement must begin with

‘CLUSTER’, ‘DATA’, or ‘INDEX’ to denote which component the override is to be applied and the operands and their values must be wholly contained within positions 1 through 72 of the statement. More than one operand and its value can be contained on one statement but an operand and its value can not be split across statements.

RESTORE=VSAM Page 347

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Multivolume VSAM Catalogs

•

Use the RVOLID= operand to direct the definition to one or more particular volume serial numbers.

•

Use the VSAM Automatic Definition Override Feature.

•

Use the AUTO=ROTATE operand to spread allocations across candidate volumes.

VSAM Device Independence

The VSAM Automatic Definition Feature fully supports device independence between the DASD device type used when the file was saved and the DASD device type used when the file is restored.

If the DASD device type is different when the restore begins, the space allocations for the file are adjusted in proportion to the relative track capacities

(or FBA blocksize) of the two DASD device types. Full independence between

CKD, ECKD and FBA architecture is supported.

Page 348 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

Operand

RESTORE=VSAM

BLOCKSIZE=n

RESTORE=VSAM Operand Summary

Required?

AUTO=YES|NO|ROTATE|OVERRIDE

Yes

BUFFERSPACE=n|1|N

CDATA=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N

CFACTOR=n|0

CNSIZE=datacisize/idxcisize|N

CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N

DATE=yyddd|+n|0

DELETE=pppphh

DTAPE=YES|aabbbcccdddddeeeee

FD=C|D|M|N|R

FIND=filename|’file-id’

FREESPACE=cifreespace/cafreespace|N

GR=nnn

HIKEY=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’

IDCAMS=PRINT

LABEL=NO

LBLOCKSIZE=n

LOWKEY=lowkey|’lowestkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’

LRECSIZE=n

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

MRECORDS=n

NRECDS=n

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RCAT=filename

RFILENAME=filename

RIDENT=’file-id’

RP=YES|NO

RVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

RWORD=filepassword

SEQNO=nn

Note 2

Note 3

Note 1

Note 4

Yes

Global?

Yes

RESTORE=VSAM Page 349

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Operand

SKIP=nnn

RESTORE=VSAM Operand Summary

Required?

SOPTION=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3

TI=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

USEREXIT=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

VARIABLE=YES

VBUFF=n

VCOMPRESS=YES

VRTYPE=E|K|R|N|S|P

WAIT=n

WR=catalogpassword

XL=YES|NO

Note 2

Note 1: RFILENAME= is required or, if not used, both RCAT= and RIDENT= would be required.

Note 2: For variable length User Data Files (DTAPE=YES), the LBLOCKSIZE= and VARIABLE=YES operands are required

Note 3: For fixed length User Data Files (DTAPE=YES), the LRECSIZE= and

NRECDS= operands are required

Note 4: FIND= is required if the input was created by the VSAM Logical Save feature or if it is a tape created by another backup software product.

Yes

Global?

Yes

REstore=VSam

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: RE=VS

Page 350 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

AUto=YEs|NO|ROtate|OVerride

Use this operand to control the VSAM Automatic Definition Feature.

Value Action

YES

Invoke automatic file definition as necessary (default).

Do not invoke automatic file definition (the target file must be predefined and ready to accept data).

ROTATE

OVERRIDE

Modify the file definition using the IDCAMS style operands supplied on subsequent statements. Be sure to also specify the

FD=D operand to assure that the file will be redefined using these modifications.

Each override statement must begin with ‘CLUSTER’,

The override statements are terminated by an end-of-data (/* or /@) statement before the next Dr.D control statement.

FREESPACE operand on a CLUSTER override statement will be ignored since the FREESPACE operand applies individually to the DATA and INDEX components.

Abbreviation: AU=YE|NO|RO|OV

RESTORE=VSAM Page 351

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

BLocksize=n

Abbreviation: BL=n

BUfferspace=n|1|N

If a value greater than 256 is specified, that value is used as the bufferspace for each file.

If a value of 2-256, is specified, the existing bufferspace is multiplied by that value.

If a value of 1 is specified, no bufferspace will be specified when a define is accomplished for this file.

This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified. If a value of N is specified, the effects of this operand is discontinued.

Abbreviation: BU=n|1|N

CData=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N

Abbreviation: CD=primaryclass/secondaryclass|N

CFactor=n|0

Page 352 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: CF=n|0

CNsize=datacisize/idxcisize|N

Abbreviation: CN=datacisize/idxcisize|N

CX=idxprimaryusecls/idxsecondaryusecls|N

Abbreviation: CX=indexprimaryusecls/indexsecondaryusecls

DAte=yyddd|+n|0

Use this operand to set the expiration date for each file being defined by the Dr.D

Abbreviation: DA=yyddd|+n|0

DElete=pppphh

Use this operand to cause records containing a specific single character in a specific record position to be bypassed during the restore function. pppp is a 4digit decimal number (relative to 1 with leading zeros specified and less than

4097) denoting the position in a record where the single character is located (if used with variable-length records, this position must be in the leading fixed portion of the record). hh is the hexadecimal value of the single character code.

If omitted, all records will be restored.

Abbreviation: DE=pppphh

DTape=YEs|aabbbcccdddddeeeee

Use this operand to indicate the input is a User Data File and not a Dr.D save file.

When the input data file contains fixed-length records, also specify the

LRECSIZE= and NRECDS= operands. When the input data file contains variable-length records, also specify the LBLOCKSIZE= operand.

Note: Only one DTAPE=YES restore can be specified per Dr.D execution. If multiple DTAPE=YES restores are required, accomplish each under a separate

Dr.D execution.

RESTORE=VSAM Page 353

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

The format DTAPE=aabbbcccdddddeeeee is used when restoring VSAM keyed files from a data tape. Parameter values are:

aa bbb ccc ddddd eeeee

= Number of cylinder overflow tracks ('00' VSAM)

= Number of logical records/physical block ('000' VSAM)

= Key length

= Logical record length

= Starting position of key (counting from 1)

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: DT=YE|aabbbcccdddddeeeee

FD=C|D|M|N|R

Value Action

C The file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation increased so the restored file is contained within the primary extent retaining the original secondary size allocation.

The file is deleted and redefined.

The file is deleted and redefined unless it is empty or defined as reusable.

The existing definition is to be reset if the file exists (even if not defined as reusable). Otherwise, the file is defined.

This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: FD=C|D|M|N|R

FInd=filename|’file-id’

Use this operand to cause the Dr.D save tape to be positioned to the correct input dataset. You may specify either the 1-7 character filename matching the “DD

Abbreviation: FI=filename|’file-id’

Page 354 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FReespace=cifreespace/cafreespace|N

Abbreviation: FR=cifreespace/cafreespace|N

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

HIghkey=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’

Abbreviation: HI=highkey|’highkey’|X’highkeyinhex’

IDcams=PRint

Use this operand in conjunction with the PRINT operand to cause printing of

Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature IDCAMS DELETE and DEFINE commands and their corresponding results.

Abbreviation: ID=PR

LAbel=NO

Specifies use of an unlabeled tape as input.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LBlocksize=n

Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES operand to identify the maximum blocksize found in the input User Data File. This operand is

RESTORE=VSAM Page 355

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE required along with the VARIABLE=YES operand when restoring variable length records from a data tape.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: LB=n

LOwkey=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’

Abbreviation: LO=lowkey|’lowkey’|X’lowkeyinhex’

LRecsize=n

Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and NRECDS=n operands to identify the length of each logical record found in the input User

Data File containing fixed-length records. For example, if the input user data file contains 80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as LR=80.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: LR=n

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

MRecords=n

Page 356 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: MR=n

NRecds=n

Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and LRECSIZE=n operands to identify the maximum number of logical records blocked into a physical record found in the input User Data File containing fixed-length records. For example, if the input user data file contains 80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as NR=10.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: NR=n

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RCat=filename

Specify this operand to identify the Job Control DLBL statement of the VSAM catalog to receive the files to be restored. If this operand is specified on a Dr.D

request that is continued across multiple control statements, it must be on the initial control statement.

This operand is required when also specifying RIDENT in place of specifying a

Job Control DLBL statement and the RFILENAME operand for the output file.

RESTORE=VSAM Page 357

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: RC=filename

RFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the VSAM file to be restored. If using RCAT and RIDENT operands, do not specify this operand.

Abbreviation: RF=filename

RIdent=’file-id’

Specify the full file-id enclosed in single quotes to indicate the name of the new file being restored.

This operand is required when also specifying RCAT in place of specifying a Job

Control DLBL statement and RFILENAME for the output file.

Abbreviation: RI=’file-id’

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

RVolid=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Use this operand to override the VOLUME specification for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. Specify up to 30 volsers

(of those assigned to the RCAT catalog) enclosed in parentheses. If a value of

NO is specified, the file definitions will exclude any data or index volume specification.

Abbreviation: RV=NO|xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

RWord=filepassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character password of the VSAM file being restored to.

Abbreviation: RW=filepassword

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

Page 358 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SKip=nnn

Abbreviation: SK=nnn

SOption=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N

Abbreviation: SO=datashroptions/idxshroptions|N

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

Value Action

NOr

REw

Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Immediately rewind the tape.

RUn Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the input dataset. TAPEIN is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If

DASD is used as input or output, then TAPEIN must be specified.

Abbreviation: TD=filename

TI=SYSnnn

RESTORE=VSAM Page 359

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: TI=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

USerexit=NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

logical records. See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.

For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:

NF constant

phasename

is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

For Type 2 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=phasename/mm/tzzzzzz' where:

phasename

is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

mm t

processing mode flag. ‘IO’ to Send/Receive logical records; ‘EX’ to inspect logical records.

is the type of core image phase. ‘L’ for relocatable and self-relocating programs; ‘A’ for absolute address programs.

zzzzzz

is either the decimal length of the program for relocatable and self-relocating (‘L’) programs or the hexadecimal load address for absolute address (‘A’) programs.

For Type 2 user exits also require an EXIT parameter statement. Refer to the section User Exits for additional details.

Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename|phasename/mm/tzzzzzz

VAriable=YEs

Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and LBLOCKSIZE=n operands to indicate the input User Data File contains variable-length records.

Abbreviation: VA=YE

Page 360 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

VBuff=n

VB=100 sets the buffer space used by Dr.D to 100,000. This operand will default to 3 times the default or specified tape blocksize value (see BLOCKSIZE operand).

BUFFERSPACE operand).

Abbreviation: VB=n

VCompress=YEs

Use this operand to have the compressed attribute specified for each qualifying

VSAM file being defined by the Dr.D Automatic Definition Feature. Dr.D

accomplishes qualification for each file restored using the rules as delineated by

VSAM. This allows files to be restored into compressed format with no need to pre-qualify those files. The FD= operand should be used to assure that file redefinition is performed.

Note: the files to be restored with the compressed attribute must have been saved with FAST=NO.

Abbreviation: VC=YE

VRtype=K|E|R|N|S|P

Value Action

K Indicates KSDS file.

Indicates ESDS file.

Indicates RRDS file.

Indicates non-CI format file.

Indicates VSAM SAM managed file.

Indicates PATH.

Abbreviation: VR=K|E|R|N|S|P

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This

RESTORE=VSAM Page 361

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

WR=catalogwritepassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog write or higher password.

Abbreviation: WR=catalogwritepassword

XL=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: XL=YE|NO

Page 362 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Restore a VSAM file saved with SAVE=VSAM

This example will restore the file ‘OUR.VSAM.FILE’ either back to its original catalog or to a different catalog.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=OURFILE

Example: Restore a VSAM file saved with SAVE=VSAM (alternative control card)

This example is the same as the previous example with the exception it uses the

RCAT and RIDENT operands to define the output file instead of the

RFILENAME operand.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=VSAM,RCAT=OURCAT,RIDENT=’OUR.VSAM.FILE’

Example: Restore a VSAM file saved with SAVE=LOGICAL

This example will restore the file ‘OUR.VSAM.FILE’ either back to its original catalog or to a different catalog.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=OURFILE,FIND=OURFILE

RESTORE=VSAM Page 363

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

Example: Restore a VSAM file using AUTO=OVERRIDE

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=OURFILE,AUTO=OVERRIDE,FD=D

INDEX(NAME(OUT.VSAM.FILE.INDEX))

INDEX (CISZ(512))

DATA(NAME(OUT.VSAM.FILE.DATA))

DATA(CISZ(4096) RECORDS(250 0))

DATA(VOLUMES(FBA240 FBA241 FBA242 FBA243 FBA244 FBA245))

DATA(VOLUMES(FBA251 FBA252 FBA253 FBA254 FBA255))

USERS GUIDE

Example: Restore a unique KSDS saved with SAVE=VSAM without Automatic File

Definition

Restore a unique VSAM KSDS file. The file currently exists and, therefore, need not be defined by the Dr.D automatic file definition facility. The file was saved with a filename of DFILE.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL UNIQUE,’UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=UNIQUE

Example: Restore a unique KSDS saved with SAVE=LOGICAL with Automatic File

Definition

Restore a unique VSAM KSDS file. The file does not currently exist as desired and, therefore, needs to be defined by the Dr.D automatic file definition facility.

The file was saved with a filename of DFILE.

// TLBL TAPEIN,...

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL UNIQUE,’UNIQUE.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1

// DLBL DNIQUE,,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1

// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number

// DLBL XNIQUE,,,VSAM,CAT=UCAT1

// EXTENT ,volser,,,start,number

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=UNIQUE,FIND=DFILE,AUTO=YES,FD=D

Page 364 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Restore a VSAM file using User Data File

This example restores a VSAM cluster from a User Data File. The data has variable length records and will have a maximum blocksize of 3204.

// TLBL TAPEIN,’user.data.file’

// ASSGN SYS008,TAPE

// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

RESTORE=VSAM,RFILENAME=OURFILE,DTAPE=YES,VA=YES,LB=3204

RESTORE=VSAM Page 365

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SAVE=ALL

The SAVE=ALL command is designed to save every track/block on the disk to tape. The disk to be saved is determined by the volume assignment associated with the SSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the SVOLID operand. If neither SVOLID nor SSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default SSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the save. The default SSYSNO as supplied is SYS001 but may be changed by the installation

administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional

information). Use of SVOLID is recommended. When using SVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment

The SHALT operand can be used to set the upper/ending disk address to be saved. Without SHALT, the entire volume will be saved.

Save files created by this operation may be used as input to RESTORE=ALL operations only.

Page 366 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

SAVE=ALL Operand Summary

Operand

SAVE=ALL

BLOCKSIZE=n

CK=YES|NO

CP=NO|YES

GR=nnn

HV=NO|YES|HOLD

LABEL=NO

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

SEQNO=nn

SHALT=ccchh|block

SSYSNO=SYSnnn

SVOLID=xxxxxx

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

VM=NO|YES

WAIT=n

Note 1

Required?

Yes

Note 1: Either SSYSNO (or defaulted to) or SVOLID is required. It is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used at all times in place of SSYSNO.

SAve=ALL

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: SA=AL

BLocksize=n

Yes

Global?

Yes

SAVE=ALL Page 367

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE plus 16. Once a blocksize has been set, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. 65496 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: BL=n

CK=YEs|NO

CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.

Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO

CP=NO|YEs

Specify YES to cause Dr.D data compression to be in effect, which typically reduces tape usage and channel access time. Once a value has been set by this operand, it remains in effect for the remainder of the Dr.D execution or until set again using this same operand. CP=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. When saving to a tape device that has hardware compression invoked (such as 3480/3490 IDRC devices),

CP=NO should be specified to avoid double compression and potential loss of through-put.

Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

HV=NO|YEs|HOld

This operand is used during volume save to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. HV=NO is default.

HV=YES should be used on the first disk save within an execution of Dr.D and then HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.

Page 368 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO

LAbel=NO

Used to created unlabeled tapes.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

SEqno=nn

Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this save among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job

SAVE=ALL Page 369

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SHalt=ccchh|block

Use this operand to specify the stopping track/block on the source device during a save operation. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder (ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8digit block number.

Abbreviation: SH=ccchh|block

SSysno=SYSnnn

Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the input (source) disk during a save operation. SSYSNO=SYS001 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the save operation, it is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used in place of

SSYSNO.

Abbreviation: SS=SYSnnn

SVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the input (source) volser during a save operation.

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr

REw

Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Immediately rewind the tape.

RUn Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).

TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If

DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.

Page 370 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Multiple filenames may be entered by separating them with the '/' character. The first filename specified applies to the primary file (default=TAPEOUT). The second filename applies to the second output file (default=TAPETWO) and the third filename applies to the third output file (default=TAPE003). All three names can be specified, for instance, TD=TAPEOUT/TAPETWO/TAPE003, or any combination as long as the '/' is present. TD=//TAPEXXX for instance would specify the name for the third tape while TD=/TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape. If the TD= operand is used to specify the name for either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as

TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.

Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

Use this operand to specify an alternative programmer logical unit number for the TAPE003 tape dataset. T3=SYS005 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

VM=NO|YEs

Use this operand when saving non-VSE volumes (i.e. VM minidisk) on CKD and

ECKD devices. Specifying YES bypasses disk count area errors caused by the count area not reflecting the true location of the physical blocks. This is a global

SAVE=ALL Page 371

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: VM=NO|YES

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

Examples

Example: Save all tracks/blocks of disk to tape

This job stream saves all tracks/blocks on the volume DOSRES.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'DOSRES.SAVE'

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST,CP=YES

SAVE=ALL,SV=DOSRES

SA=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Selective save of all tracks/blocks of disk to tape

This job stream saves a VM sysres that occupies the first 100 cylinders of a 3380.

The disk is defined as a full/native 3380 to VSE.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'MY PACK SAVE'

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST,CP=YES

SAVE=ALL,SV=VMSRES,VM=YES,SHALT=9914

SA=NO,TAPE=RUN

Page 372 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Save minidisk

This example creates a save tape from the disk on 620 which is assigned using the default SSYSNO of SYS001.

// ASSGN SYS001,620

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST

SAVE=ALL,VM=YES

SA=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Save and unload tape

These examples demonstrate a correct and incorrect approach to saving a disk on

131 to a tape on 280 and then unloading the tape.

Correct: // JOB RUN USED RIGHT

// TLBL TAPEOUT,’SAVE.TAPE’

// ASSGN SYS001,131

// ASSGN SYS007,280

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=ALL

SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN

Incorrect: // JOB RUN USED WRONG

// TLBL TAPEOUT,’SAVE.TAPE’

// ASSGN SYS001,131

// ASSGN SYS007,280

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=ALL,TAPE=RUN

SAVE=ALL Page 373

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Save multiple packs to different tapes

This job stream saves two disks to tape. The first disk on unit 131 is saved then the tape is closed and unloaded and the operator is then issued a message to

‘MOUNT NEXT TAPE’. The second disk on unit 132 is then saved to a new tape.

The output tapes are assigned using SYS010 (operand TO=SYS010) in place of the installed default SYS007.

// ASSGN SYS003,131

// ASSGN SYS004,132

// ASSGN SYS010,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SAVE'

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=ALL,SSYSNO=SYS003,TO=SYS010

SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN,OPERATOR='MOUNT NEXT TAPE'

SAVE=ALL,SSYSNO=SYS004

SAVE=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Save multiple packs to same tape

This example demonstrates the use of multiple volume backups on the same tape.

// TLBL TAPEOUT,’SAVE.TAPE’

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=ALL,SVOLSER=111111

SAVE=ALL,SVOLSER=222222

SAVE=ALL,SVOLSER=333333

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW

Page 374 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SAVE=CURRENT

The SAVE=CURRENT command is designed to save only active areas (volume id, IPL track, VTOC and data files identified via VTOC entries) to tape or disk.

The disk to be saved is determined by the volume assignment associated with the SSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the

SVOLID operand. If neither SVOLID nor SSYSNO is specified, then the disk having the default SSYSNO assigned to it is used as input to the save. The default SSYSNO as supplied is SYS001 but may be changed by the installation

administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional

information). Use of SVOLID is recommended. When using SVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment

The entire volume may be saved or only selected areas. When saving CKD and

ECKD devices, the PARTIAL=REJECT operand may be used with a range of track addresses (CCCHH-CCCHH) to determine tracks will be looked at for selecting data files to save.

The PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand may be used with any device type to determine which data files will be selected. The save operation may also select or reject data files based upon their expiration date (EXPIRED operand) or based upon if they are VSAM or non-VSAM (VSAM operand).

**Warning**: SAVE|RESTORE=CURRENT will process VSAM objects and

VSE libraries listed in the VTOC correctly only when saving|restoring the entire volume. To process individual VSAM files, you should use

SAVE|RESTORE=LOGICAL|VSAM. To process individual VSE libraries, you should use SAVE|RESTORE=LIBRARY.

Save files created by this operation may be used as input to

RESTORE=CURRENT operations only.

SAVE=CURRENT Page 375

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

SAVE=CURRENT

BLOCKSIZE=n

CK=YES|NO

CP=NO|YES

EOF=YES

FAST=YES|NO

FSECURED=NO|YES

GR=nnn

SAVE=CURRENT Operand Summary

Operand Required?

Yes

EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]

HV=NO|YES|HOLD

LABEL=NO

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

R0=YES|NO

SEQNO=nn

SSYSNO=SYSnnn

Note 1

SVOLID=xxxxxx

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

VSAM=NO|YES

WAIT=n

Note 1

Yes

Global?

Yes

Note 1: Either SSYSNO (or defaulted to) or SVOLID is required. It is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used at all times in place of SSYSNO.

Page 376 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SAve=CUrrent

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: SA=CU

BLocksize=n

Abbreviation: BL=n

CK=YEs|NO

CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.

Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO

CP=NO|YEs

Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE

EOf=YEs|S

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to continue saving an extent on CKD and ECKD devices until a hardware EOF is detected.

Abbreviation: EO=YE|S

SAVE=CURRENT Page 377

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]

This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.

Value

Action

Select all files regardless of expiration date.

O+n

O-n

yyddd

Select only unexpired files (default).

Select only expired files.

Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

yyddd+n yyddd-n

Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy).

Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n

FAst=YEs|NO

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to invoke physical IOCS rather than the slower logical

IOCS when saving files on FBA devices. The save file is identical regardless of this operand when YES or NO is specified. FAST=YES is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: FA=YE|NO

FSecured=NO|YEs

This operand determines if data secured files should be saved. If NO, the default, is specified, an operating system message may be issued as each secured file is opened, respond with 'YES' to proceed. If YES is specified, the data secured files are automatically saved without operator intervention.

Abbreviation: FS=NO|YE

GR=nnn

Page 378 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

HV=NO|YEs|HOld

The HV operand is used during volume save to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. This is especially important during compacting of disk manager pool space. HV=NO is default.

HV=YES should be used on the first disk save within an execution of Dr.D and then HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.

Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO

LAbel=NO

Used to created unlabeled tapes.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PArtial=SElect|REject

Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.

The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be saved and/or

areas of disk to bypass. See Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page

25 for additional detail.

Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

SAVE=CURRENT Page 379

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

R0=YEs|NO

'R0=YES' specifies that the data portion of R0 is to be saved. Certain file types

(COBOL direct access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.

Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

SEqno=nn

Specify a 2-digit value from 01 through 99 representing the sequence number of this save among all (non-NOPERATION) saves, copies, or restores in this job step. If specified, Dr.D checks to see that nn equals an internal counter which is incremented by one for each non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore attempted. The first non-NOPERATION save, copy or restore is always one.

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SSysno=SYSnnn

Use this operand to define the logical unit number for the input (source) disk during a save operation. SSYSNO=SYS001 is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. For greater control over the save or copy operation, it is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used in place of SSYSNO.

Abbreviation: SS=SYSnnn

SVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the input (source) volser(s) during a save operation.

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

Page 380 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw Immediately rewind the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).

TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If

DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.

TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.

Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

SAVE=CURRENT Page 381

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

VSam=YEs|NO

Specify VSAM=NO to bypass VSAM objects. With VSAM=YES, the default,

VSAM objects are saved as a DA files.

**Warning**: SAVE|RESTORE=CURRENT will process VSAM objects listed in the VTOC correctly only when saving|restoring the entire volume. To process individual VSAM files, you should use

SAVE|RESTORE=LOGICAL|VSAM.

Abbreviation: VS=YE|NO

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

Page 382 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Save entire pack with SAVE=CURRENT

This job stream saves the SYSWK1 disk volume by the SAVE=CURRENT method. All VSAM data spaces will be saved in addition to all non-VSAM files.

Before the save operation begins, tape positioning is assured with the

TAPE=REW operand and the tape is unloaded after the save operation is complete.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SYSWK1.SAVE'

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST,TAPE=REW

SAVE=CURRENT,SV=SYSWK1,VSAM=YES

SA=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Save only used extents with SAVE=CURRENT

This job stream saves the SYSWK1 disk volume by the SAVE=CURRENT method. The save tape is compressed and the saving of each sequential (SD) file ceases after reading the end-of-file (EOF). This example will save only non-

VSAM extents which have a valid expiration date (expired files will be rejected).

Before the save operation begins, tape positioning is assured with the

TAPE=REW operand and the tape is unloaded after the save operation is complete.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SYSWK1.SAVE'

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST,TAPE=REW,CP=YES

SAVE=CURRENT,SV=SYSWK1,EOF=YES,EX=NO,VS=NO

SA=NO,TAPE=RUN

SAVE=CURRENT Page 383

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Save specific data files with SAVE=CURRENT

Save only files whose ID's are prefixed with 'SORT' or contain the word 'TEMP' on volume PCK801

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SAVE.TAPE'

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST,TAPE=REW,CP=YES

SAVE=CU,SV=PCK801,PART=SELECT

SORT*

=S=TEMP

SA=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Restrict to specific track/block addresses on CKD Devices.

Save a 3380 disk, volser CKD801, excluding VSAM data spaces and any files in cylinders 0-10.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SAVE.TAPE'

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,UPSI=111,PRINT=LIST,TAPE=REW,CP=YES

SAVE=CU,SV=CKD801,EX=YES,VSAM=NO,PART=REJECT

1100-999999

SA=NO,TAPE=RUN

Page 384 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SAVE=DATA

SAVE=DATA is designed to save a single non-VSAM files to tape or disk. It supports direct access (DA) files, sequential disk (SD) files and ISAM files. It used PIOCS to access the data from disk. A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the file to be saved and that filename is identified on the

Dr.D control statement through the SFILENAME operand. Each file to be saved must have its own Job Control DLBL/EXTENT statement and Dr.D control statement.

Files saved by this feature can also be saved as a User Data File (rather than a

Dr.D save file) using the User Data File feature. To create a User Data File in place of a Dr.D save file, add the DTAPE=YES operand.

Usually all sequential files and some direct access files have an EOF record after the last data record of the last prime data extent. If this is so, specifying EOF=YES will cause Dr.D to stop saving after reading an EOF record. This will result in a faster save since that entire extent does not need to be saved.

For SD files, a logical record count may be obtained through use of the LR=

(Logical Record Length) operand and specification of UPSI bit 2 (UPSI XX1) specified via Job Control, UPSI operand or default UPSI value. For variable blocked files, only the UPSI is required.

Output files created by this operation may be used as input to RESTORE=DATA operations. Sequential disk files on a SAVE=DATA save file may also be used as input to a RESTORE=SDISK operation.

SAVE=DATA Page 385

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

SAVE=DATA

BLOCKSIZE=n

CK=YES|NO

CP=NO|YES

DTAPE=YES

EOF=YES

GR=nnn

LABEL=NO

LRECSIZE=n

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

NRECDS=nnn

SAVE=DATA Operand Summary

Operand

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

R0=YES|NO

SEQNO=nn

SFILENAME=filename

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

USEREXIT=NF/phasename

WAIT=n

Yes

Required?

Yes

SAve=DAta

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: SA=DA

BLocksize=n

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 386 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

Abbreviation: BL=n

CK=YEs|NO

CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.

Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO

CP=NO|YEs

Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE

DTape=YEs

Use this operand to indicate the output is a User Data File and not a Dr.D save file.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: DT=YE

EOf=YEs

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to continue saving until an EOF is detected. If this operand is omitted, the entire extent will be saved.

Abbreviation: EO=YE

GR=nnn

SAVE=DATA Page 387

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LAbel=NO

Used to created unlabeled tapes.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LRecsize=n

Specifies the logical record length when saving SD files with fixed length records.

When used, it will produce a logical record count in addition to a block count.

Without this operand, fixed length records will be saved as undefined. This operand is not required for variable or spanned records.

Also used for defining the logical record length of files with fixed length records

when DTAPE=YES is specified. See User Data File Feature on page 47 for

additional information.

Abbreviation: LR=n

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

NRecds=n

Specify this operand in conjunction with the DTAPE=YES and LR=n operands to identify the maximum number of logical records blocked into a physical record found in the output User Data File containing fixed-length records. For example, if the output user data file contains 80-byte logical records blocked up to 10 to form a maximum 800-byte physical record, this operand would be specified as

NR=10.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: NR=n

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Function command, in which case it will log out immediately before any

Page 388 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE processing is done, or it can be on a card all by itself. If the message contains imbedded blanks/commas/equal signs, it must be enclosed in single quotes.

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

R0=YEs|NO

'R0=YES specifies that the data portion of R0 is to be saved. Certain file types

(COBOL direct access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.

Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be saved. The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas.

Abbreviation: SF=filename

SAVE=DATA Page 389

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw

RUn

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).

TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If

DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.

TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.

Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

Page 390 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

USerexit=NF/phasename

Save processing supports Type 1 user exits only. User Exit Type 1 may be used to

Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records.

For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:

phasename

constant is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.

Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

SAVE=DATA Page 391

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Save SD and DA files

This example saves a sequential disk (SD) and a direct access (DA) file to tape. It also generates a logical record count for the SD file. Saving of the SD file will end upon encountering an EOF or end-of-extent (whichever is first).

// DLBL SEQFILE,'DISK FILE 01',,SD

// EXTENT ,737723,1,0,20,3980

// EXTENT ,737724,1,1,20,2000

// DLBL RANFILE,'DISK FILE 02',,DA

// EXTENT ,434729,1,0,20,2320

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SAVE TAPE'

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=DATA,SFILENAME=SEQFILE,EOF=YES,LRECSIZE=100

SAVE=DATA,SFILENAME=RANFILE

Example: Save file with User Data File feature

This example saves two SD files using the Data File feature.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// DLBL FIL1,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD

// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,15,300

// DLBL FIL2,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD

// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,4500,6000

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE'

// TLBL TDO0001,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE'

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111

SAVE=DATA,SFILENAME=FIL1,DTAPE=YES

SAVE=DATA,SFILENAME=FIL2,DTAPE=YES

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW

Page 392 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SAVE=IPL

The SAVE=IPL command is used to put the standalone restore program to a save tape. It is usually followed by 1 or more SAVE=ALL|CURRENT|PHYSICAL commands to create the save data for the standalone restore. For additional detail

on standalone processing, see Stand-alone Processing on page 65.

If the LABEL=NO operand is used, the save tape will be created unlabeled and you will not need to bypass the standard labels in order to load the standalone program.

Save tapes created with the standalone program may be used in non-standalone restore operations by either forward spacing 3 tape marks (2 if LABEL=NO is used when creating the save tape) or by using a TLBL specifying file=2 for the save tape.

Control Statement Operands

SAVE=IPL Operand Summary

Operand

SAVE=IPL

GR=nnn

LABEL=NO

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

SEQNO=nn

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

WAIT=n

Required?

Yes

Global?

Yes

SAve=IPl

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: SA=IP

SAVE=IPL Page 393

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LAbel=NO

Used to created unlabeled tapes.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

Page 394 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw

RUn

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).

TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If

DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.

SAVE=IPL Page 395

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as

TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.

Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

Page 396 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Save DOSRES for standalone restore

This job stream saves the DOSRES for use in a possible standalone restore situation. The standalone restore program is saved followed by the

SAVE=CURRENT data from DOSRES.

// ASSGN SYS007,280

// MTC REW,SYS007

// TLBL TAPEOUT

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=IPL

SAVE=CU,SV=DOSRES,EX=YES,CP=YES

SA=NO,TAPE=RUN

Example: Save DOSRES for standalone restore using tape manager

This job stream saves the DOSRES for use in a possible standalone restore situation. The standalone restore program is first saved to tape associated with the TAPEOUT TLBL. Following the standalone program, the SAVE=CURRENT data from DOSRES will be saved as file 2.

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'DRD.STANDALONE',,,,1

// TLBL BACKUP,'DOSRES.BACKUP',,,,2

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=IPL

SAVE=CU,SV=DOSRES,EX=YES,TD=BACKUP,CP=YES

SAVE=IPL Page 397

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SAVE=LIBRARY

Use the SAVE=LIBRARY command when saving a VSE library (pre-SP2 format libraries are not supported). All sublibraries and members or only selective sublibraries and members may be saved.

A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the file to be saved and that filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the SFILENAME operand. If SFILENAME is omitted, it will look for a DLBL statement with the filename of SYSLIB.

The MEMBER=SELECT|REJECT and TSTAMP operands may be used to selectively save sublibraries and/or members. The MEMBER operand uses library selector statements to select or reject by sublib, member type and/or member name.

The TSTAMP operand may be used to select members based upon the “last update” date and time. This allows incremental backup of libraries which greatly reduce backup time for daily backup. Incremental backups are accomplished by doing full backups periodically (weekly, monthly etc.) and then doing incremental backups more frequently (daily, twice daily, etc.). The incremental backup would use a time stamp selector that would cause all members changed since the last full backup to be saved each time the backup is run. Recovery of the library then becomes a matter of restoring the last full backup and then restoring the last incremental backup.

Listing of sublibrary and member names can be controlled by use of the

FORMAT and PRINT operands.

Page 398 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

SAVE=LIBRARY

BLOCKSIZE=n

CP=NO|YES

FORMAT=A|B|C|D|E

GR=nnn

LABEL=NO

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

MEMBER=SELECT|REJECT

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH|YES

RP=YES|NO

SEQNO=nn

SFILENAME=SYSLIB|filename

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

WAIT=n

SAVE=LIBRARY Operand Summary

Operand

TSTAMP=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

Required?

Yes

SAve=LIbrary

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: SA=LI

BLocksize=n

Yes

Global?

Yes

SAVE=LIBRARY Page 399

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: BL=n

CP=NO|YEs

Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE

FOrmat=A|B|C|D|E

Specify this operand to control the listing of sublibrary and members names as they are being processed and where the information will be issued (SYSLOG or

SYSLST).

Value Action

Enable display of member names and sublib names on both SYSLOG and SYSLST.

Enable display of member names on SYSLST only. Sublib names are displayed on both SYSLOG and SYSLST.

Enable display of member names and sublib names on SYSLST only.

Enable display of member names and sublib names on SYSLOG only.

Do not display member names or sublib names on either SYSLOG and

SYSLST. This is the default.

This operand works in conjunction with the PRINT operand. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: FO=A|B|C|D|E

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LAbel=NO

Used to created unlabeled tapes.

Page 400 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

MEmber=SElect|REject

(MEMBER=SELECT) or rejected (MEMBER=REJECT).

There are several types of library selector statements. Sublibrary selectors are prefixed by a ‘+’ sign. Member type selectors are prefixed by a ‘!’ sign. All other selector statements, without an above mentioned prefix, will be considered member name selectors.

All selector statements, may be either the full or generic name. When specifying a generic name, any position containing a ‘/’ is always considered a match. An asterisk (*) may be used at the end of the name to cause the matching selection to be based upon only those characters preceding the ‘*’. A single ‘*’, without any preceding characters, will result is selecting all.

An additional statement is required to terminate library selector statements. As

with terminating control statements (see page 22), either a /@ or /* statement

Abbreviation: ME=SE|RE

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|Both|YEs

LIST enables the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be printed on

SYSLST only. YES enables the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be

SAVE=LIBRARY Page 401

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE displayed on SYSLOG. BOTH causes the report selected by the FORMAT operand to be printed on SYSLST and the same report to be displayed on

SYSLOG. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SFilename=SYSLIB|filename

Specify the filename identifying the VSE library’s Job Control DLBL statement.

The Job Control DLBL label statement must be supplied in one of the standard, partition, class, or user label areas. If omitted, filename defaults to SYSLIB.

Abbreviation: SF=SYSLIB|filename

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw

RUn

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Page 402 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).

TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If

DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.

TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.

Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn

TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

Omission of either a ‘<’ or ‘>’ indicates that the time stamp date must exactly match the file’s time stamp date and any time of day value will be ignored.

Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day

2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.

The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.

SAVE=LIBRARY Page 403

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

TS=-0

TS=>-1.1200

TS=>-6

TS=01100

TS=>01100.1450

TS=<01100

TS=99100

TS=>99100.1450

Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

TT=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

Page 404 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Save a library

This example saves the entire PROD library. No report is generated.

// ASSGN SYS007,180

// TLBL TAPEOUT,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’

// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA250

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=LIBRARY,SFILENAME=PROD

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW

Example: Save a library with report generation

This example saves the entire PROD library. The sublibraries that are saved will be displayed on the console and both the sublib names and member names saved will be reported on SYSLST.

// ASSGN SYS007,180

// TLBL TAPEOUT,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’

// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA250

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=LIBRARY,SFILENAME=PROD,FORMAT=B,PRINT=YES

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW

Example: Save selected members

This example saves selected members of the PROD library, but only members changed in the preceding 7 days. Both the sublibrary and member names that are saved will be reported only on SYSLST.

// ASSGN SYS007,180

// TLBL TAPEOUT,’PROD.LIBRARY.SAVE’

// DLBL PROD,'VSE-ESA.PROD.LIBRARY'

// EXTENT ,FBA250

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=LIBRARY,SF=PROD,FORMAT=C,PRINT=LIST,MEMBER=SELECT,TSTAMP=>-6

+PR$260 SUBLIBRARY SELECTOR

!PHASE MEMBER TYPE SELECTOR

//////// SELECT ALL MEMBERS OF PR$260.PHASE

!E SELECT ANOTHER TYPE

DTF///// SELECT DTF'S IN PR$260.E

/@ END OF SELECTORS

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW

SAVE=LIBRARY Page 405

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume

Logical Volume Save Feature

The Logical Volume Save feature allows non-VSAM files to be saved on a logical file basis without having to specify either the disk or disk track/block address, allowing users to selectively save files on one or more disks in a manner that will allow individual files to be selectively restored. Users may also reorganize the files and/or the entire disk or pool of disks.

The SVOLID operand must be entered. Up to 30 volsers may be entered to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be saved.

Alternatively, a Dr.D, BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC pool name may be used. The

VOLSELECT operand may be used to select the volume(s) used to determine whether a file is to be saved. Any file that fully or partially resides on a selected volume is saved in its entirety.

The first backup file contains file information extracted from the VTOC(s), and is used to generate label information for the restore.

Data secured files and VSAM data spaces are automatically excluded from the save unless included by the specification of FSECURED=YES or VSAM=YES.

VSAM files should normally be saved as VSAM files using SAVE=LOGICAL

VSAM command (see page 417) or SAVE=VSAM command (see page 445), to

have any real usefulness.

The EXPIRED operand limits files based upon their expiration date.

The PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT operand allows files to be selected on either an

individual or generic (group) basis or by the size of their files. Refer to Logical

Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for detailed information about

the selector control statements.

The AREA operand allows you to limit the area of the disk(s) being saved. Only files whose first/only extent is within the specified disk limits are included in the file selection process.

Save files created by this operation may be used as input to Volume

RESTORE=LOGICAL and RESTORE=DATA operations. Sequential disk (SD) files may also be restored by RESTORE=SDISK operations.

Page 406 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume Operand Summary

Operand Required?

SAVE=LOGICAL

Yes

AREA=(s1-e1,s2-e2,…)

BLOCKSIZE=n

CK=YES|NO

CP=NO|YES

DM=E

EOF=YES|NO

ERROR=IGNORE

EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]

FAST=YES|NO

FSECURED=NO|YES

GENERATION=L|F|nnn

GR=nnn

HV=NO|YES|HOLD

LABEL=NO

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

R0=YES|NO

SEQNO=nn

SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

USEREXIT=NF/phasename

VOLSELECT=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

VSAM=NO|YES

WAIT=n

Yes

Global?

Yes

SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 407

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SAve=LOgical

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: SA=LO

ARea=(s1-e1,s2-e2,…)

The AREA operand is used to define the area(s) of disk from which files will be saved. Each set of AREA values is a starting and ending track or FBA block number separated by a dash '-'. If the specification is a repeat of the last entered, a single 'R' may be entered. The entries are assumed to be in one to one correspondence with the SVOLID.

Note: you must also use the PARTIAL= operand when using AREA=.

Abbreviation: AR= (s1-e1,s2-e2,…)

BLocksize=n

Abbreviation: BL=n

CK=YEs|NO

CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.

Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO

CP=NO|YEs

Page 408 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE

DM=E

Use this operand to indicate the SVOLID specifies a BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC pool name.

Abbreviation: DM=E

EOf=YEs|NO

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to continue saving an extent devices until a hardware

EOF is detected.

Abbreviation: EO=YE|NO

ERror=IGnore

Specify ERROR=IGNORE in conjunction with the PARTIAL operand to prevent cancellation after message DOCTOR316 (indicating no files are selected) is issued.

Abbreviation: ER=IG

EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]

This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.

Value Action

O+n

O-n

yyddd

Select all files regardless of expiration date (default).

Select only unexpired files.

Select only expired files.

Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

yyddd+n yyddd-n

Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy).

Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n

FAst=YEs|NO

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to invoke physical IOCS rather than the slower logical

Abbreviation: FA=YE|NO

SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 409

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

FSecured=NO|YEs

Abbreviation: FS=NO|YE

GEneration=L|F|nnn

Use this operand to select BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC disk manager files for saving by the generation number of each file. This operand requires DM=E to also be specified.

Value Action

Nnn

Save most current generation.

Save oldest generation.

Save specific generation number.

Abbreviation: GE=L|F|nnn

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

HV=NO|YEs|HOld

This operand is used during volume save to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. HV=NO is default.

HV=YES should be used on the first disk save within an execution of Dr.D and then HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.

Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO

LAbel=NO

Used to created unlabeled tapes.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

This operand is used to specify a programmer logical unit number (SYS number) for printer output. This operand should be specified on an initial NOPERATION

Page 410 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE control statement. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PArtial=SElect|REject

Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.

The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be saved. See Logical

Selection/Rejection/Rename Process on page 25 for additional details about

selector statements.

Abbreviation: PA=SE|RE

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

R0=YEs|NO

'R0=YES' specifies that the data portion of R0 is to be saved. Certain file types

(COBOL direct access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.

SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 411

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Use this operand to specify the input (source) volser(s) during a save. Specify up to 30 volsers to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be saved. Dr.D, BIM-EPIC and CA-EPIC disk pool names may also be used in place of actual disk volser(s). When using BIM-EPIC or CA-EPIC disk pool names, you must also specify the DM=E operand.

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr

REw

Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Immediately rewind the tape.

RUn Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).

TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If

DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.

Page 412 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE would specify the name for the third tape while TD=/TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape. If the TD= operand is used to specify the name for either TAPETWO or TAPE003, then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape(s). Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape, i.e. specifying UPSI=XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI=XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD=//TAPE003 is the same as

TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.

Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

USerexit=NF/phasename

Save processing supports Type 1 user exits only. User Exit Type 1 may be used to

Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records.

For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:

NF constant

phasename

is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.

SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 413

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename

VOlselect=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Use this operand to select files that fully or partially reside on the specified disk(s) during the save. This operand is useful in further qualifying the volumes specified by SVOLID, especially when SVOLID references a disk pool.

Abbreviation: VO=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

VSam=YEs

When VSAM=YES, is specified, VSAM data areas are saved as DA files. When

VSAM=NO, is specified, VSAM data areas are bypassed. VSAM=NO is the default. This method of saving VSAM files is not recommended as the VSAM area is saved as a DA file and must be restored as DA. Use SAVE=LOGICAL

VSAM (see page 417) instead.

Abbreviation: VS=YE|NO

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

Page 414 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Save all files

This example saves all the files (expired and unexpired) on volume PCK200.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=LOGICAL,SVOLSER=PCK200

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW

Example: Save files selected by name

This example saves all the files (expired and unexpired) on volume PCK200 whose dataset names begin with PROD.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=LOGICAL,SVOLSER=PCK200,PARTIAL=SELECT

PROD*

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW

Example: Save all unexpired files

This example saves all the files, except those files that are expired, on the PCK200 and PCK201 disks.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=LOGICAL,SVOLSER=(PCK200,PCK201),EXPIRED=NO

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW

SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume Page 415

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Save all from EPIC disk pool

Save all files residing in the EPIC disk pool POOL01. Both EPIC controlled and uncontrolled files will be saved.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=LOGICAL,SV=POOL01,DM=E

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW

Example: Save selectively from pool of disks

Save the files residing in a pool of disk space on three 3380 disks having volume serial numbers VOLSR1,VOLSR2, and VOLSR3. Save only the files that fully or partially reside on VOLSR2, and VOLSR3.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=LOGICAL,SV=(VOLSR1,VOLSR2,VOLSR3),VO=(VOLSR2,VOLSR3)

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW

Example: Save files from selected areas on disk

Save the files residing in a pool of disk space on three 3380 disks having volume serial numbers VOLSR1,VOLSR2, and VOLSR3. The space on the first disk is in cylinder 1 through 100, the second and third, 100 through 600.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// TLBL TAPEOUT,. . .

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111

SAVE=LOG,SV=(VOLSR1,VOLSR2,VOLSR3),AREA=(15-1500,1500-9000,R)

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW

Note: the AREA ranges are stated in tracks or FBA blocks, and the cylinder addresses have been converted accordingly.

Page 416 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM

VSAM Logical Save Feature

The VSAM Logical Save feature is designed to enable all or some of the files identified in a VSAM catalog (both SUBALLOCATED and UNIQUE) to be saved with a single Dr.D request. Only the VSAM catalog need be identified to Dr.D

which is used to select the files (both SUBALLOCATED and UNIQUE) to be saved - either all files or those identified through user selection criteria (refer to

Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process). No additional Job Control statements are required identifying the files to be saved. When requested, in addition to automatically saving the VSAM file definition, all associated files and their definitions (PATH’s and AIX’s) can be automatically saved.

To invoke this feature, specify SAVE=LOGICAL as the first entry on the control statement. The label identifying the VSAM catalog is required and is identified to Dr.D through the SCAT operand. No labels are required, however, for any file saved by the Dr.D VSAM Logical Save feature.

Save files created by this operation may be used as input to VSAM

RESTORE=LOGICAL and RESTORE=VSAM operations.

SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 417

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

Operand

SAVE=LOGICAL – VSAM Operand Summary

Required?

SAVE=LOGICAL

ASSOCIATIONS=YES|NO

BLOCKSIZE=n

Yes

CP=NO|YES

EOF=S

ERROR=IGNORE

EXPIRED=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd|yyddd[+n|-n]

FAST=YES|NO|CI

GR=nnn

LABEL=NO

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

MRECORDS=n

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

SCAT=filename

SEQNO=nn

SVOLID=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

SWORD=filepassword

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

TSTAMP=(<|>)(yyddd|-n)(.hhmm)

TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

USEREXIT=NF/phasename

VBUFF=n

VNULL=YES|NO|ALL

VSTYPE=E|K|R|N|S|P

VUSE=CANCEL|IGNORE|NULL|OPERATOR|SAVE

WAIT=n

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 418 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Operand

SAVE=LOGICAL – VSAM Operand Summary

Required?

WS=catalogreadpassword

Global?

Yes

SAve=LOgical

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: SA=LO

ASsociations=YEs|NO

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to save all associated files (PATH’s and AIX’s). AIX clusters will be saved following their associated base cluster and PATHS will be saved following the clusters to which they relate. When ASSOCIATIONS=YES is used with the PARTIAL= operand, selection or rejection criteria is applied to the base clusters only. If a base cluster is selected or rejected, all associations will also be selected or rejected. Specifying NO will result in the associated files being bypassed. ASSOCIATIONS=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: AS=YE|NO

BLocksize=n

Abbreviation: BL=n

CP=NO|YEs

Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE

EOf=S

Specify S to cause Dr.D to continue copying only until a software EOF is found, without regard to the input file’s high used RBA (relative byte address).

SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 419

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: EO=S

ERror=IGnore

Specify ERROR=IGNORE in conjunction with the PARTIAL operand to operator intervention after message DOCTOR171 (indicating the file is not in the VSAM catalog) and to prevent cancellation after message DOCTOR316 (indicating no files are selected) is issued.

Abbreviation: ER=IG

EXpired=Y|N|O[+n|-n]|yyddd[+n|-n]

This operand causes Dr.D to select files according to their expiration dates. A file is considered unexpired when its expiration date is greater than the current system date.

Value Action

O+n

O-n

yyddd

Select all files regardless of expiration date.

Select only unexpired files (default).

Select only expired files.

Select only expired files after adjusting the current system date by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

yyddd+n yyddd-n

Select only unexpired files using yyddd as the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy).

Select only unexpired files using yyddd instead of the current system date (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) after adjusting yyddd by n days (n days may be 1-3 digits).

Abbreviation: EX=Y|N|O|O+n|O-n|yyddd|yyddd+n|yyddd-n

FAst=YEs|NO|CI

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to invoke physical IOCS rather than the slower logical

IOCS when saving/copying VSAM files. The save file is identical regardless of this operand when YES or NO is specified. Specify CI to cause Dr.D to save

VSAM files in CI-format. Files saved in CI-format will not be reorged during a restore function. FAST=YES is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: FA=YE|NO|CI

GR=nnn

Page 420 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LAbel=NO

Used to created unlabeled tapes.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

MRecords=n

Specify this operand with a value in the range of 0-99999999 to limit the number of logical records to be saved for each file. Specify MRECORDS=0 to save only the file definition (with no data records saved). This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: MR=n

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PArtial=SElect|REject

Indicates that one or more selector statements immediately follow this statement.

The selector statements used may be to specify the file(s) to be saved. For

additional information, see “Logical Selection/Rejection/Rename Process” on page 25.

Abbreviation: PA

=SE|RE

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

BOTH forces UPSI=X11XXXXX to be set which causes control statements and

SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 421

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE processing statistics to be displayed on SYSLOG. PRINT=NO is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

SCat=filename

Specify this operand to identify the Job Control DLBL statement for the VSAM catalog being saved.

Abbreviation: SC=filename

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SVolid=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx,...)

Use this operand to specify the source volser(s) during a save operation. Specify up to 30 volsers to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be saved. When used, it also required a PARTIAL=SELECT|REJECT.

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx|(xxxxxx,xxxxxx, ...)

SWord=filepassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character file read password of the file being saved only if it has a read password defined.

Abbreviation: SW=filepassword

Page 422 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw

RUn

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).

TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If

DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.

TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.

Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn

TStamp=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 423

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

Time less 7 hours. A user in that area could define a file at 8:00pm on day

2000/105 and the stored time stamp value would be 2000/106 at 3:00am.

The time stamp date is required and may be entered either as yyddd (yy is windowed: 00-74 = 20yy 75-99 = 19yy) or as a number of days value to be subtracted from the current system date.

TS=-0

TS=>-1.1200

TS=>-6

TS=01100

TS=>01100.1450

TS=<01100

TS=99100

TS=>99100.1450

Abbreviation: TS=[<|>] yyddd|-n [.hhmm]

TT=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Page 424 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

USerexit=NF/phasename

Save processing supports Type 1 user exits only. User Exit Type 1 may be used to

Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records.

For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:

NF constant

phasename

is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.

Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename

VBuff=n

For potential enhanced performance, use this operand to increase the amount of internal buffer space used by Dr.D when saving a VSAM file. The value specified indicates the number of thousands of bytes desired. For example,

VB=100 sets the buffer space used by Dr.D to 100,000. This operand will default to the size needed to process a FAST=YES|CI operation.

Abbreviation: VB=n

VNull=YEs|NO|ALl

Use this operand to specify the action to be taken when a null VSAM file is encountered. Specify YES (the default) to cause Dr.D to consider null files for selection. Specify NO to cause Dr.D not to consider null files for selection (which causes message DOCTOR176 Empty Dataset... to be issued for each null dataset encountered). Specify ALL to cause Dr.D to only consider null (or unallocated) files for selection.

Abbreviation: VN=YE|NO|AL

VStype=K|E|R|N|S|P

Under some systems, an open error message with error X’A0’ (160) may occur when saving a VSAM file. Although this error can be ignored without penalty, specify this operand to identify the type of target VSAM file to avoid the error message.

Value

Action

Indicates KSDS file.

Indicates ESDS file.

Indicates RRDS file.

Indicates non-CI format file.

Indicates VSAM SAM managed file.

Indicates PATH.

SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 425

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: VR=K|E|R|N|S|P

VUse=CAncel|IGnore|NUll|OPerator|SAve

Value

CANCEL

Action

Cancel the job.

IGNORE

NULL

OPERATOR

Do not save the file.

Save the file as a null file.

SAVE

Issue message DOCTOR175 and wait for operator response

(allowed only with FAST=YES).

Abbreviation: VU=CA|IG|NU|OP|SA

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

WS=catalogreadpassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog read password.

Abbreviation: WS=catalogreadpassword

Page 426 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Save contents of two VSAM catalogs

Save all the files found in two VSAM catalogs including all associated PATH’s and AIX’s.

// TLBL TAPEOUT,...

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.ONE’,,VSAM

// DLBL UCAT2,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.TWO’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=LOGICAL,SC=UCAT1,ASSOCIATIONS=YES

SAVE=LOGICAL,SC=UCAT2,ASSOCIATIONS=YES

Example: Simultaneous creation of 2 save tapes

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'FIRST TAPE OUT'

// TLBL TAPETWO,'SECOND TAPE OUT'

// ASSGN SYS007,180 TAPEOUT

// ASSGN SYS006,181 TAPETWO

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.ONE’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,UP=111100000,...

SAVE=LOGICAL,SC=UCAT1,AS=YES

Example: Simultaneous creation of 3 save tapes

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'FIRST TAPE OUT'

// TLBL TAPETWO,'SECOND TAPE OUT'

// TLBL TAPE003,'THIRD TAPEOUT'

// ASSGN SYS007,180 TAPEOUT

// ASSGN SYS006,181 TAPETWO

// ASSGN SYS005,182 TAPE003

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG.ONE’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,UP=111100001,...

SAVE=LOGICAL,SC=UCAT1,ASSOCIATIONS=YES

SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM Page 427

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Selectively save by VSAM file ids

Save the file ‘A.VSAM.FILE’ and all files that start with the character string

‘PAY’. Following the save, the output tape will be unloaded. See the Logical

Selection/Rejection/Rename Process Section for additional details and examples on file selection.

// TLBL TAPEOUT,...

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=LOGICAL,SC=UCAT1,PA=SE

A.VSAM.FILE

PAY*

SA=NO,TA=RUN

Example: Selectively save contents of VSAM catalog

Save all unexpired files found in a VSAM catalog including all associated

PATH’s and AIX’s that have had update activity in the last 30 days but excluding any null files.

// TLBL TAPEOUT,...

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=LOGICAL,SC=UCAT1,AS=YES,EXPIRED=NO,TSTAMP=>-30,VNULL=NO

Example: Selectively save contents of VSAM catalog

Save only expired files found in a VSAM catalog excluding all associated PATH’s and AIX’s.

// TLBL TAPEOUT,...

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// DLBL UCAT1,’VSAM.USER.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=LOGICAL,SC=UCAT1,AS=NO,EXPIRED=ONLY

Page 428 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SAVE=PHYSICAL

Dr.D enables users to SAVE portions of a disk on a physical track/block basis, independent of Volumes, Data Files, or Libraries.

This function is valuable for its ability to manipulate data at the physical level.

This poses some risk in terms of security and possible inadvertent damage to critical data. For that reason, it may be wise to limit its use to qualified authorized personnel. This can be achieved by limiting access to one DRD module - DOCTOR02. If a security package is available, the use of DOCTOR02 can be easily controlled, otherwise DOCTOR02 can be placed in a restricted library, or kept on tape and only restored by authorized persons.

The disk to be saved is determined by the volume assignment associated with the SSYSNO operand or the volume associated with the volser as defined by the

administrator (refer to Configure System Options on page 16 for additional

information). Use of SVOLID is recommended. When using SVOLID, Dr.D will automatically make the assignment

Dr.D uses the SBEGIN operand to determine the track/block address where the save operation will begin. The SHALT operand is used to dictate the track/block address where the save will cease. The disk addresses entered are one to eight numeric digits in length.

Save files created by this operation may be used as input to

RESTORE=PHYSICAL operations only.

SAVE=PHYSICAL Page 429

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

SAVE=PHYSICAL

BLOCKSIZE=n

CK=YES|NO

CP=NO|YES

GR=nnn

HV=NO|YES|HOLD

LABEL=NO

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

SAVE=PHYSICAL Operand Summary

Operand Required?

Yes

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

SBEGIN=ccchh|block

SEQNO=nn

SHALT=ccchh|block

SSYSNO=SYSnnn

SVOLID=xxxxxx

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

VM=NO|YES

WAIT=n

Yes

Note 2

Note 1

Note 1: Either SSYSNO (or defaulted to) or SVOLID is required. It is recommended that the SVOLID operand be used at all times in place of SSYSNO.

Note 2: If SHALT is omitted, it will default to the SBEGIN value resulting in the saving of a single track/block.

SAve=PHysical

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: SA=PH

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 430 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

BLocksize=n

Abbreviation: BL=n

CK=YEs|NO

CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.

Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO

CP=NO|YEs

Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

HV=NO|YEs|HOld

This operand is used during volume save to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition/deletion of files on the disk. HV=NO is default.

HV=YES should be used on the first disk save within an execution of Dr.D and

SAVE=PHYSICAL Page 431

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE then HV=HOLD should be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that Dr.D execution.

Abbreviation: HV=NO|YE|HO

LAbel=NO

Used to created unlabeled tapes.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

Page 432 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SBegin=ccchh|block

Use this operand to specify the starting track/block where the save is to begin on the source device. For CKD and ECKD devices, specify a 0 to 6-digit cylinder

(ccc) and a 2-digit (leading zero required) head (hh). For FBA devices, specify a 1 to 8-digit block number.

Abbreviation: SB=ccchh|block

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SHalt=ccchh|block

Abbreviation: SH=ccchh|block

SSysno=SYSnnn

SSYSNO.

Abbreviation: SS=SYSnnn

SVolid=xxxxxx

Use this operand to specify the input (source) volser during a save operation.

Abbreviation: SV=xxxxxx

SAVE=PHYSICAL Page 433

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw

RUn

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).

TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If

DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.

TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.

Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

Page 434 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

VM=NO|YEs

Use this operand to when saving non-VSE volumes (i.e. VM minidisk) on CKD and ECKD devices. Specifying YES bypasses disk count area errors caused by the count area not reflecting the true location of the physical blocks.

Abbreviation: VM=NO|YES

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

SAVE=PHYSICAL Page 435

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Save multiple tracks/blocks via physical save

This example saves cylinder 196, head 00 through cylinder 198, head 10 from pack CKD231 to tape

// TLBL TAPEOUT,...

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=PH,SB=19600,SH=19800,SVOLID=CKD231

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REWIND

Example: Save single track via physical save

This example saves only cylinder 196, head 00 from pack CKD231 to tape

// TLBL TAPEOUT,...

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=PH,SB=19600,SVOLID=CKD231

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REWIND

Example: Save VM minidisk via physically save

This example saves areas of a disk (cuu=352) containing VM minidisks. The disk is a 3390 VM disk with a number of minidisk after the sysres area.

// TLBL TAPEOUT,...

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// ASSGN SYS001,352

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SA=NO,UPSI=111,CP=YES

SA=PH,SS=SYS001,VM=YES,SB=27100,SH=45714

SA=NO,TAPE=REW

Page 436 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SAVE=SDISK

SAVE=SDISK is designed to save a single sequential disk (SD) file to tape or disk.

It uses LIOCS to access the data from disk. A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the file to be saved and that filename is identified on the

Dr.D control statement through the SFILENAME operand. Each file to be saved must have its own Job Control DLBL/EXTENT statement and Dr.D control statement.

Files saved by this feature can also be saved as a User Data File (rather than a

Dr.D save file) using the User Data File feature. To create a User Data File in place of a Dr.D save file, add the DTAPE=YES operand.

Usually all sequential files and some direct access files have an EOF record after the last data record of the last prime data extent. If this is so, specifying EOF=YES will cause Dr.D to stop saving after reading an EOF record. This will result in a faster save since that entire extent does not need to be saved.

For SD files, a logical record count may be obtained through use of the LR=

(Logical Record Length) operand and specification of UPSI bit 2 (UPSI XX1) specified via Job Control, UPSI operand or default UPSI value. For variable blocked files, only the UPSI is required.

Save files created by this operation may be used as input to RESTORE=DATA and RESTORE=SDISK operations.

SAVE=SDISK Page 437

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

SAVE=SDISK

BLOCKSIZE=n

CK=YES|NO

CP=NO|YES

DTAPE=YES

EOF=YES|NO

GR=nnn

LABEL=NO

LRECSIZE=n

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

NRECDS=n

SAVE=SDISK Operand Summary

Operand

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

R0=YES|NO

SEQNO=nn

SFILENAME=filename

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

USEREXIT=NF/phasename

WAIT=n

Yes

Required?

Yes

SAve=SDisk

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: SA=SD

BLocksize=n

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 438 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

Abbreviation: BL=n

CK=YEs|NO

CK=NO prevents the issuance of the error message.

Abbreviation: CK=YE|NO

CP=NO|YEs

Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE

DTape=YEs

Use this operand to indicate the output is a User Data File and not a Dr.D save file.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: DT=YE

EOf=YEs

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to continue saving until an EOF is detected. If this operand is omitted, the entire extent will be saved.

Abbreviation: EO=YE

GR=nnn

SAVE=SDISK Page 439

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE statement. It is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

LAbel=NO

Used to created unlabeled tapes.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LRecsize=n

Specifies the logical record length when saving SD files with fixed length records.

When used, it will produce a logical record count in addition to a block count.

Without this operand, fixed length records will be saved as undefined. This operand is not required for variable or spanned records.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: LR=n

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

NRecds=n

NR=10.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: NR=n

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Page 440 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

R0=YEs|NO

'R0=YES specifies that the data portion of R0 is to be saved. Certain file types

(COBOL direct access and DBOMP) do use the data portion of R0, so care should be used in using this operand, even though those file types are rarely used, having been replaced by VSAM in most cases.

Abbreviation: R0=YE|NO

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SFilename=filename

Abbreviation: SF=filename

SAVE=SDISK Page 441

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw

RUn

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).

TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If

DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.

TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.

Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

Page 442 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

USerexit=NF/phasename

Save processing supports Type 1 user exits only. User Exit Type 1 may be used to

Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records.

For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:

phasename

constant is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.

Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

SAVE=SDISK Page 443

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Examples

Example: Save SD files

This example saves a sequential disk (SD) file to tape. It also generates a logical record count for the SD file. Saving of the SD file will end upon encountering an

EOF or end-of-extent (whichever is first).

// DLBL SEQFILE,'DISK FILE 01',,SD

// EXTENT ,737723,1,0,20,3980

// EXTENT ,737724,1,1,20,2000

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SAVE TAPE'

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=SDISK,SFILENAME=SEQFILE,EOF=YES,LRECSIZE=100

Example: Save file with User Data File feature

This example saves two SD files using the Data Tape feature.

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// DLBL FIL1,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD

// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,15,300

// DLBL FIL2,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE',,SD

// EXTENT SYS001,,1,0,4500,6000

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'FIXED.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE'

// TLBL TDO0001,'VARIABLE.BLOCKED.SAM.FILE'

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW,UPSI=111

SAVE=SDISK,SFILENAME=FIL1,DTAPE=YES

SAVE=SDISK,SFILENAME=FIL2,DTAPE=YES

SAVE=NO,TAPE=REW

Page 444 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SAVE=VSAM

The VSAM Data File Save feature is designed to save a single VSAM file (either

SUBALLOCATED or UNIQUE) per Dr.D control statement. A Job Control DLBL statement is required to identify the file to be saved and that filename is identified on the Dr.D control statement through the SFILENAME operand. The

VSAM Catalog cluster definition is also automatically saved. Associated files

(PATH’s and AIX’s) are not saved when using this feature.

An individual VSAM file (either SUBALLOCATED or UNIQUE) can also be saved as a User Data File (rather than a Dr.D save file) using the User Data File feature. To create a User Data File in place of a Dr.D save file, add the

DTAPE=YES operand. Use of this feature prevents Dr.D from saving the VSAM

Catalog cluster definition.

Save files created by this operation may be used as input to RESTORE=VSAM operations only.

SAVE=VSAM Page 445

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Control Statement Operands

Operand

SAVE=VSAM

BLOCKSIZE=n

CP=NO|YES

DTAPE=YES

EOF=S

ERROR=IGNORE

FAST=YES|NO|CI

GR=nnn

INSEQUENCE=NO

LABEL=NO

LST=nnn|SYSnnn

MRECORDS=n

OPERATOR=’operatormessage’

PRINT=NO|LIST|BOTH

RP=YES|NO

SEQNO=nn

SFILENAME=filename

SWORD=filepassword

TAPE=NOR|REW|RUN

TDDNAME=filename1/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

UPSI=012345678

USEREXIT=NF/phasename

VARIABLE=YES

VBUFF=n

VSTYPE=E|K|R|N|S|P

VUSE=CA|IG|NU|SA|OP

WAIT=n

SAVE=VSAM Operand Summary

Required?

Yes

WS=catalogpassword

Yes

Note 1

Note 1: VARIABLE= is required when input file is variable length.

Yes

Global?

Yes

Page 446 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SAve=VSam

Defines the Dr.D function to be performed. This operand must be the first operand specified on the control statement.

Abbreviation: SA=VS

BLocksize=n

Abbreviation: BL=n

CP=NO|YEs

Abbreviation: CP=NO|YE

DTape=YEs

Use this operand to create a User Data File and not a Dr.D save file.

See User Data File Feature on page 47 for additional information.

Abbreviation: DT=YE

EOf=S

Specify S to cause Dr.D to continue copying only until a software EOF is found, without regard to the input file’s high used RBA (relative byte address).

Abbreviation: EO=S

ERror=IGnore

SAVE=VSAM Page 447

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: ER=IG

FAst=YEs|NO|CI

Specify YES to cause Dr.D to invoke physical IOCS rather than the slower logical

IOCS when saving VSAM files. The save file is identical regardless of this operand when YES or NO is specified. Specify CI to cause Dr.D to save VSAM files in CI-format. Files saved in CI-format will not be reorged during a restore function. FAST=YES is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Abbreviation: FA=YE|NO|CI

GR=nnn

Abbreviation: GR=nnn

INsequence=NO

Specify NO to cause a KSDS file to be saved without using the file’s sequence set.

Specification of this operand is only effective when FAST=YES is also specified or

default. This technique is useful for recovering a file whose sequence set has been corrupted. Be aware that this operand may cause the file to be saved out of sequence and, if so, it is the user’s responsibility to rebuild the file purging duplicate records and placing the records back into ascending sequence. This task can be accomplished by either:

1. Copying the file to an ESDS, sorting it and then copying it back to the KSDS

2. Save the file to a data tape (DTAPE=YES), sorting it and then restoring it back to the KSDS.

Abbreviation: IN=NO

LAbel=NO

Used to created unlabeled tapes.

Abbreviation: LA=NO

LSt=nnn|SYSnnn

Page 448 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: LS=nnn|SYSnnn

MRecords=n

Specify this operand with a value in the range of 0-99999999 to limit the number of logical records to be saved for each file. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: MR=n

OPerator=’operatormessage’

This operand will immediately write a 1 to 80 character message to the operator console. The operator then has the opportunity to 'EOB' and continue processing or hit 'CANCEL' to cancel the job.

This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save, Copy, Restore or

Abbreviation: OP=’operatormessage’

PRint=NO|LIst|BOth

Specify LIST or BOTH to cause Dr.D to produce a formatted report on SYSLST.

Abbreviation: PR=NO|LI|BO

RP=YEs|NO

Abbreviation: RP=YE|NO

SEqno=nn

This operand can be used to assure all control statements are in the proper order.

Abbreviation: SE=nn

SAVE=VSAM Page 449

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

SFilename=filename

Specify the filename identifying the Job Control DLBL statement of the file to be saved.

Abbreviation: SF=filename

SWord=filepassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character file read password of the file being saved only if it has a read password defined.

Abbreviation: SW=filepassword

TApe=NOr|REw|RUn

This operand is used for tape positioning. When used, it repositions the tape immediately. This operand is invalid when the data is saved to a disk dataset.

TAPE=NOR is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

Value Action

NOr Do not rewind tape. This is the default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your installation administrator.

REw

RUn

Immediately rewind the tape.

Immediately unload the tape.

Abbreviation: TA=NO|RE|RU

TDdname=filename1/filename2/filename3

Use this operand to specify alternative filename for the output dataset(s).

TAPEOUT is default shipped with Dr.D but may be changed by your system administrator.

This operand is only valid for tape devices. It is ignored for DASD devices. If

DASD is used as output, then TAPEOUT must be specified.

TD=/TAPETWO/TAPE003.

Page 450 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: TD=filename/filename2/filename3

TO=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TO=SYSnnn

TT=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: TT=SYSnnn

T3=SYSnnn

Abbreviation: T3=SYSnnn

UPsi=012345678

Dr.D tests all UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required. These UPSI bits may be set using the Job Control UPSI statement or by specifying the Dr.D

UPSI operand on the control statement. See Setting UPSI Bits on page 36 for

details about the UPSI settings and use.

Abbreviation: UP=012345678

USerexit=NF/phasename

Save processing supports Type 1 user exits only. User Exit Type 1 may be used to

Inspect, Modify, or Delete logical records.

For Type 1 user exits, the format is ‘USEREXIT=NF/phasename' where:

NF constant

phasename

is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above.

See User Exits on page 468 for additional details.

Abbreviation: US= NF/phasename

VAriable=YEs|NO

SAVE=VSAM Page 451

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Abbreviation: VA=YE |NO

VBuff=n

VB=100 sets the buffer space used by Dr.D to 100,000. This operand will default to 3 times the default or specified tape blocksize value (see BLOCKSIZE operand).

BUFFERSPACE operand).

Abbreviation: VB=n

VStype=K|E|R|N|S|P

Value Action

K Indicates KSDS file.

Indicates ESDS file.

Indicates RRDS file.

Indicates non-CI format file.

Indicates VSAM SAM managed file.

Indicates PATH.

Abbreviation: VR=K|E|R|N|S|P

Page 452 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

VUse=CAncel|IGnore|NUll|OPerator|SAve

Value

CANCEL

IGNORE

NULL

OPERATOR

SAVE

Action

Cancel the job.

Do not save the file.

Save the file as a null file.

Issue message DOCTOR175 and wait for operator response

(allowed only with FAST=YES).

Abbreviation: VU=CA|IG|NU|OP|SA

WAit=n

Specify this operand typically on a heavily I/O bound system to cause Dr.D to pause between each tape I/O. The value specified represents 300ths of a second.

Therefore, ‘WAIT=300’ would cause a one second delay after each tape I/O. This is a global operand and remains in effect until this operand with a different value is subsequently specified.

Abbreviation: WA=n

WS=catalogreadpassword

Specify the 1- to 8-character VSAM catalog read password.

Abbreviation: WS=catalogreadpassword

SAVE=VSAM Page 453

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

Examples

Example: Save a VSAM file

// TLBL TAPEOUT,...

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=VSAM,SFILENAME=OURFILE

Example: Simultaneous creation of 2 save tapes

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'FIRST TAPE OUT'

// TLBL TAPETWO,'SECOND TAPE OUT'

// ASSGN SYS007,180 TAPEOUT

// ASSGN SYS006,181 TAPETWO

// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,UP=111100000,...

SAVE=VSAM,SFILENAME=OURFILE

Example: Simultaneous creation of 3 save tapes

// TLBL TAPEOUT,'FIRST TAPE OUT'

// TLBL TAPETWO,'SECOND TAPE OUT'

// TLBL TAPE003,'THIRD TAPEOUT'

// ASSGN SYS007,180 TAPEOUT

// ASSGN SYS006,181 TAPETWO

// ASSGN SYS005,182 TAPE003

// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=NO,UP=111100001,...

SAVE=VSAM,SFILENAME=OURFILE

USERS GUIDE

Page 454 Command Reference

BIM-Dr.D (Doctor D)

USERS GUIDE

Example: Save a VSAM file to a User Data File

This example saves a cluster with variable length records to a User Data File. The

User Data File will have a maximum blocksize of 3204.

// TLBL TAPEOUT,’user.data.file’

// ASSGN SYS007,TAPE

// DLBL OURCAT,’OUR.VSAM.CATALOG’,,VSAM

// DLBL OURFILE,’OUR.VSAM.FILE’,,VSAM,CAT=OURCAT

// EXEC DRD,SIZE=200K

SAVE=VSAM,SFILENAME=OURFILE,DTAPE=YES,VA=YES,BL=3204

SAVE=VSAM Page 455

Διαφήμιση

Command Reference

Overview of Commands

COPY|RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION

COPY|RESTORE|SAVE=NOPERATION Operand Summary

COPY=ALL

COPY=CURRENT

COPY=DATA

COPY=LIBRARY

COPY=PHYSICAL

COPY=SDISK

COPY=VSAM

COPY=VSAM Operand Summary

COPY=VSAM Operand Summary

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Operand Summary

FUNCTION=BUILDAIX Operand Summary

FUNCTION=CTAPE

FUNCTION=DELETE

FUNCTION=DELETE Operand Summary

FUNCTION=DFIX

FUNCTION=DFIX Operand Summary

FUNCTION=LCAT

FUNCTION=LCAT Operand Summary

FUNCTION=LDIR

FUNCTION=LDIR Operand Summary

FUNCTION=LTAPE

FUNCTION=LVTOC

FUNCTION=MC

FUNCTION=PUNCH

FUNCTION=PUNCH Operand Summary

FUNCTION=SORT

FUNCTION=TAPETEST

FUNCTION=VERIFY

FUNCTION=VERIFY Operand Summary

FUNCTION=VTOCMOVE

RESTORE=ALL

RESTORE=CURRENT

RESTORE=DATA

RESTORE=ERASE

RESTORE=LIBRARY

RESTORE=LOGICAL – Volume

RESTORE=LOGICAL - VSAM

RESTORE=LOGICAL Operand Summary

RESTORE=LOGICAL Operand Summary

RESTORE=PHYSICAL

RESTORE=PUTLABEL

RESTORE=SDISK

RESTORE=VSAM

RESTORE=VSAM Operand Summary

RESTORE=VSAM Operand Summary

SAVE=ALL

SAVE=CURRENT

SAVE=DATA

SAVE=IPL

SAVE=LIBRARY

SAVE=LOGICAL – Volume

SAVE=LOGICAL - VSAM

SAVE=LOGICAL – VSAM Operand Summary

SAVE=LOGICAL – VSAM Operand Summary

SAVE=PHYSICAL

SAVE=SDISK

SAVE=VSAM

SAVE=VSAM Operand Summary

Σχετικά

disk utility system Release 6.7 BIM-Dr.D Users Guide

Disk Utility System 6.5 Dr.D Users Guide

Dr. D Disk Utility 7.0 User Guide

Dr. D Release 8C User Guide - CSI International

BIM-EPIC Disk / Tape Management System Guide | AI Chat

CSI International VSUM-PC User Manual | AI Chat & PDF Download

IBM VSE/VSAM User Manual: AI Chat & PDF Access

DR.D YZ450F 06-09 Exhaust Manual: AI Chat & PDF

B I Moyle Associates BIM-EPIC: AI Chat & PDF Access

Wang 2234A, 2244A Card Reader Manual | AI Chat

CA EPIC for z/VSE User Guide | AI Chat & PDF Access

BIM-EPIC Conversion Guide: AI Chat & PDF Access